Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Patronus Math Practice Book
Patronus Math Practice Book
Patronus Math Practice Book
Book
Second Edition
2020-2021
Additional educational titles from Patronus Education –
-------------------------
Panthapath Branch : 69/B (3rd Floor), Monwara Plaza, Panthapath Signal, Panthapath, Dhaka
Mouchak Branch : 240, Outer Circular Road, (Above Pubali Bank, opposite Mouchak Market), Dhaka.
Uttara Branch : Rafa Tower (Lift – 6), (Uttara House Building, East side of the foot over bridge),
Uttara, Dhaka
-------------------------
Preface
Everyone wants to get into the best university in the country. It’s not only a matter of pride but also a
personal achievement on an unprecedented scale. This book has been made solely with this
conviction in mind. The contents of this book will allow a person to not only become competent
enough to tackle the IBA Admission Examination but also to learn approaches to mathematical
problems on a scale that will make that person confident in the daily aspects of life. This book will not
only cater to the admission students opting for IBA, DU but also JU, IBA, BUP, NSU and other
established universities.
The contents of this book will also help students to achieve a better analytical standard when it comes
to judging any and all mathematical problems that we so often face in our daily lives.
This book has been made from a practice-based perspective. There is a general discussion of a
specific topic and it is followed by specific exercises. These exercises are catered for students sitting
for the IBA Admission Examination. But anyone can try them out to judge their proficiency in
quantitative sections. The explanation of all topics is detailed and there are advanced concepts.
This book is the first edition of its kind and since it’s a comprehensive book, there can be some
mistakes and typing errors. It would be really helpful if those are reported in the following email. We
want to make sure that this book is helpful to the utmost level for all the students. So, we would really
appreciate any positive criticism and feedback from your end.
Email – patronus.edubd@gmail.com
Acknowledgements
This book has been made with the idea of exacting excellence in every aspirant who wants to become
better in Math. All the authors have grown on their own while researching for this book. Various
problems from different websites have also been given here. And that has inevitably made the content
of this book better for all. We would like to thank the editors and the instructors for their utmost effort
while proof-reading the materials of this book.
Table of Contents
Numbers ..................................................................................................................................... 1
Type 1: Odd Even properties....................................................................................................................................1
Type 2: Can/must be true ........................................................................................................................................6
Type 3: Place value and face value math .................................................................................................................9
Type 4: Operations ................................................................................................................................................10
Type 5: Consecutive numbers ...............................................................................................................................13
Type 6: Prime numbers .........................................................................................................................................16
Type 7: Divisibility.................................................................................................................................................18
Type 8: Fractions ..................................................................................................................................................24
Profit-Loss.............................................................................................................................. 118
Type 1: Basic Profit Loss ....................................................................................................................................119
Type 2: Sequential Profit Loss ............................................................................................................................121
Type 3: Discounts ...............................................................................................................................................123
Type 4: Different rates comparison .....................................................................................................................125
Type 5: Multiple rates of discount/mark up .........................................................................................................127
Type 6: Multiple variables ...................................................................................................................................129
Review Test 1......................................................................................................................................................132
Review Test 2......................................................................................................................................................135
Average................................................................................................................................... 138
Type 1: Math using general formulae: .................................................................................................................138
Type 2: Change in average due to inclusion or exclusion of an element ...............................................................143
Type 3: Change in average due to replacement ...................................................................................................146
Type 4: Average and consecutive numbers .........................................................................................................148
Type 5: Maximum and minimum possible value of an element ............................................................................151
Type 6 Mean median and mode ...........................................................................................................................153
Review Test ........................................................................................................................................................155
Multiplication:
Exponents:
Explanation:
Since, all the variables are consecutive positive integers, two scenarios are possible.
Scenario 1: x and z are odd numbers and y is even.
Scenario 2: x and z are even numbers and y is odd.
Practice Math:
1. If a, b and c are consecutive non-zero integers, and if a < b < c, which of the following must be a positive
integer?
a. a – c b. a + b + 1 c. a + b+ c d. ac – b + 1 e. None of these
a. 3x is even
b. y is odd
c. (x + y) is even
d. (x + y + 1) is even
e. None of these
I. Even × Even x Odd II. Odd × Odd x Odd III. Even + Odd +Even
a. None
b. I only
c. II and III only
d. I and III only
e. I, II and III
a. ab = 8 b. a + b = 8 c. a + 2b = 7 d. 2a + b = 7 e. None of these
6. If p is an odd integer and q is an even integer and both are positive numbers, which of the following must be
even?
a. 𝑝2 + 𝑞 2 b. 𝑝𝑞 + 𝑞 2 c. 𝑝3 + 𝑞 2 d. 𝑝𝑞 + 𝑝2 e. None of these
7. If p is an even integer and q is an odd integer, which of the following statements is(are) always true?
a. I only
b. II and III only
c. III only
d. I and III only
e. None of these
a. (x + 4) (x + 6)
b. 𝑥 2 + 5
c. 𝑥 2 + 6x + 9
d. 3𝑥 2 + 3
e. None of these
9. If x and y are integers and (xy + y) is odd, which of the following is true?
10. If a, b and c are even integers, which of the following expressions must be an odd integer?
a. ab + bc + ca
b. a(b + c – 1)
c. a2 – b2 + c2
d. 3(ac – bc)
e. None of these
Answers
1. d 2. c 3. c 4. d
5. d 6. b 7. a 8. a 9. a
10. e
1. Since, a, b and c are consecutive non-zero integers, all the variables can either be negative or positive. The
answer MUST be a positive integer. We can pick any 3 positive consecutive numbers and any 3 negative
consecutive numbers and then see which option gives us the desired result for both sets of numbers.
Let, a = −10, b= −9 and c = −8,
Option (a) a−c = −10+8 = −2 so it can be eliminated as it is not a positive integer
Option (b) a+b+1 = −10−9+1= −18 so it can be eliminated as it is not a positive integer
Option (c) a+b+c = −10−9−8 = −27, so it can be eliminated as it is not a positive integer
Option (d) ac-b+1= (−10)*( −8)–( −9) +1 = 90 which is a positive integer.
Now testing with a=6, b=7 and c=8 we get,
Option (d) ac –b +1= 48−7+1=42 which is a positive integer.
Here if all three are positive, b needs to be larger than c for the expression to become a negative integer, so it
is not possible for the expression to be anything but a positive integer.
2. We know, Even X Even = Even, Even X Odd= Even and, Odd X Odd = Odd
4x2 is always even as 4 is an even number. If (4𝑥 2 + 7x + y) is an even integer, either 7x and y both have to be
even or both have to be odd.
(a) If 3x is even, then x has to be even. But that is not something that MUST be true. Both x and CAN be odd.
(b) y is even if x is even. So, y being odd CAN be true but not MUST be true.
(d) If x and y are both even then x+y+1 is an odd number.
(c) If x and y are both odd then, x+y is even, and if x and y are both even, x+y is even.
4. If x is odd,
Option (a) Odd x Odd − Even = Odd
Option (b) Odd x (Even – Odd) = Odd
Option (c) (16x + 24)/8 = 2x+3
i.e. Even x Odd + Odd = Odd
Option (d) (6x + 12)/3 = 2x+4
i.e. Even x Odd + Even = Even
Therefore, option (d) is even.
8. Option (a) is odd because (Odd + Even) x (Odd + Even) = Odd x Odd = Odd
You may have noticed some of the questions in the previous type asked which ‘must be true? ‘
“Must be true” questions are made out of scenarios where the equation will act or result in the same manner in every
possible condition. Basically, the required answer has to be applicable for all possible scenarios.
অর্াৎ
ণ একটি equation এ ‘x’ এর যতগুশ া মান সম্ভব, প্রশতযকটি মাশনর জনয প্রদত্ত েতণটি সতয হশত হশব।
For example, If given, x2 = 25 and x is a positive integer; it must be true that x = 5. No other integer fulfills the conditions.
“Can be true” questions are made from scenarios where the equation might get the accurate result under only one or
more conditions, but not all. So, the equation should fulfill at least one condition.
অর্াৎ
ণ একটি equation এ ‘x’ এর যতগুশ া মান সম্ভব, তার মশযয অন্তত একটি মাশনর জনয প্রদত্ত েতণটি সতয হশ ই চ শব।
For example, when only x2 = 25 is stated, x = 5 can be true. It can also be true that x = -5.
Example:
If x and y are positive and z is negative, which of the following must be true?
I. (x – y) < (x – z)
II. x/z < y/z
III. 1/y < 1/z
Explanation:
In case of (I), -z is always positive and -y is always negative. So, x – z is always greater than x – y. So, option
(I) is true.
In case of (II), the answer depends on x and y. If x is smaller than y than option (II) is false.
In case of (III), 1/y is positive while 1/z is negative. So, 1/y is always greater. So, option (III) is false.
Practice Math:
1. If x and y are both odd integers, which of the following numbers must be an even integer?
2. If n and p are both even numbers, which of the following must be an odd number?
a. n + p + 1 b. np c. np + 2 d. n + p e. 2n + p
3. Which of the following must be an integer if p is a positive integer and (3/p + 5/p) is also an integer?
4. Which of the following can be an integer if p is a positive integer and (3/p + 5/p) is also an integer?
Answers
1. b 2. a 3. b 4. e 5. c
6. e 7. e
Solutions
1. Here, xy + y2
= y(x + y).
Given, both x and y are odd.
So, Odd x (Odd + Odd) = Odd x Even = Even
6. In case of (I), y can be a fraction. For example, if x = 25 and y = 1/5, then xy = 5. So, y doesn’t have to be an odd
number.
In case of (II), y can be an even number since 2 x Even = Even and 2 x Odd = Even.
In case of (III), y can be an even number.
7. y = (m – 2) (m + 3) – (m – 2) (m – 3)
= (m – 2) (m + 3 – m + 3)
= (m – 2) 6.
Therefore, y is always even.
Example:
A two-digit number has 5 in its unit digit. The sum of its digits is one fifth of the number itself. What is the
number?
a. 35 b. 45 c. 55 d. 65 e. None of these
Explanation:
Let the digit in the tens place be x. So the number is 10x+5.
Therefore,
x + 5 = (10x + 5)/5
Or, 5x + 25 = 10x + 5
Or, 5x = 20
Or, x=4
So, the number is 45
Practice Math:
1. While entering the marks of his students in a grade sheet, Mr. Mahtab reversed the digits of the score of one
of the students by mistake. As a result, the student received 36 marks more than his actual score. What was
the student’s actual score?
a. 37 b. 47 c. 65 d. 86 e. None of these
2. The difference between the place value and the face value of 6 in the numeral 856973 is
3. Find the sum of the face value and place value of 8 in 12821?
Solutions
2. The place value of 6 in this number is 6 X 10 3 i.e. 6000 and the face value is 6. So, the difference would
be 6000 – 6 = 5994.
3. The place value of 8 in 12821 is 800 and face value of is 8. So, the sum = 800 + 8 = 808.
4. The face value of 9 and 6 are 9 and 6 respectively. The sum is 6+9 =15.
5. The place value of 2 in 4224 are 200 and 20 respectively. So, the sum is 220.
Type 4: Operations
These involve basic operations like addition, subtraction, division and multiplication. They also involve special
operators whose functions are to be identified and applied.
Example:
If # is an operator such that (4 # 2= 14) and (2 # 3 = 6), what will be the value of (7 # 2)?
a. 31 b. 37 c. 43 d. 47 e. None of these
Explanation:
Here, we have to look at the given uses of the operator # in the question and try to figure out its function.
Practice Math:
1. If @ is an operator such that (5@8) = 24 and (4@12) = 4, what is the value (3@7)?
2. If # is an operator such that (3#4) = 61 and (2#4) = 14, what is the value of (3#5)?
Answers
1. a 2. b 3. c
Solutions
1. Here, x @ y = 2x – y.
So, 3 @ 7 = 23 – 7 = 1
2. Here, x#y = yx – x
So, 53 – 3 = 122
a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 e. All of these
Explanation:
The consecutive numbers are 2n, 2n +2 and 2n+4.
Product = 2n (2n + 2) (2n + 4)
= 2 x 2 x 2 x n (n + 1) (n + 2)
= 8n (n + 1) (n + 2)
So, the number is divisible by 8
Again, 3 consecutive even numbers will always have one even multiple of 3
So, the product will also be divisible by 6
So, the number is divisible by all of the options above.
Example:
What is the sum of first 30 odd numbers?
Explanation:
The first 30 odd numbers follow an arithmetic progression where the first term a = 1 and the common
difference d = 2 and number of terms n= 30. So, the sum of the arithmetic progression is
S = (n/2) * {2a + (n – 1) d}
= (30/2) * {2*1 + (30 – 1) * 2}
= 900
So, the correct answer is option (A).
Practice Math:
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 13
1. The sum of six consecutive odd number exceeds twice the largest by 46. Find the sum of the six numbers.
a. 50 b. 64 c. 72 d. 84 e. None of these
2. If the 1st number in a series of consecutive odd numbers is 12 less than the last number in the series, how
many numbers are there in the series?
a. 5 b. 6 c. 7 d. 8 e. 9
3. Five consecutive integers are given. If the sum of the first three integers is 27, what is the sum of the last
three?
a. 30 b. 31 c. 32 d. 33 e. None of these
4. The sum of 5 consecutive odd numbers is 5 more than 6 times the smallest number. Find the sum of the
numbers
a. 75 b. 95 c. 85 d. 65 e. None of these
a. Only I
b. Only II
c. Only I and II
d. Only II and IV
e. I, II and III
7. The difference of the squares of two consecutive even integers is divisible by which of the following integers?
8. The difference of the squares of two consecutive odd integers is divisible by which of the following integers?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. 7
10. The sum of three consecutive even numbers is always divisible by
a.2 b. 3 c. 5 d. 6 e. 7
Answers
1. d 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. d
Solution
3. In case of a series of consecutive integers having odd number of terms, the average is the middle term.
Here, the sum of first 3 integers is 27. So, their average = middle term = (27/3) = 9
So, the first 3 terms are 8, 9 and 10
And, the last 3 terms are 10, 11 and 12
So, their sum = (10 + 11 + 12) = 33
6. Let the three consecutive odd numbers be (2x + 1), (2x + 3) and (2x + 5).
Their sum = (6x + 9) = 3(2x + 3),
(6x + 9) is always divisible by 3.
8. Let the two consecutive odd integers be (2n + 1) and (2n + 3).
Then, (2n + 3)2 – (2n + 1)2
= (2n + 3 + 2n + 1) (2n + 3 – 2n – 1)
= (4n + 4) * 2
= 8(n + 1), which is divisible by 8.
A prime number (মমৌণ ক সংখ্যা) is a natural number greater than 1 that cannot be formed by multiplying two smaller
natural numbers.
To determine if a number is a prime, follow these steps:
Determine the rough approx. square root of that number.
Divide the number by all the primes less than the approx. square root.
If the number is not divisible by any of the primes, it is a prime.
Easy way to remember the number of primes from 1 to 100 is 4, 4, 2, 2, 3, 2, 2, 3, 2, 1. This signifies number of primes
in each tenth i.e. there are 4 prime numbers in the first 10 numbers (1-10) and 4 prime numbers from (11-20), 2 prime
numbers from (21-30) and so on.
Example:
How many prime numbers between 11 and 20?
a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6 e. None of these
Practice Math:
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 16
1. What is the next prime number after 37?
a. 38 b. 39 c. 41 d. 43 e. 47
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. 6
3. How many integers between 100 and 110 are prime numbers?
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. 4
a. 6 b. 7 c. 8 d. 9 e. None of these
a. 31 b. 33 c. 37 d. 39 e. 41
Answers
1. c 2. c 3. e 4. b 5. c
Solutions
4. The numbers are 67, 71, 73, 79, 83, 89 and 97.
Divisibility (ণবভাজযতা) is the property of an integer number to be divided by another, resulting an integer number.
Divisibility criteria:
• A number is divisible by 2 when it is even or ends in 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
• A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of its digits is a multiple of 3.
• A number is divisible by 4 when its last two digits are zeros or they are a multiple of 4.
• A number is divisible by 5 when it ends in 0 or 5.
• A number is divisible by 6 when it is divisible by 2 and by 3 simultaneously.
• A number is divisible by 7 when separating the first digit on the right, multiplying by 2, subtracting this product
from what is left and so on, gives zero or a multiple of 7.
• A number is divisible by 8 when its last three digits are zeros or they are a multiple of 8.
• A number is divisible by 9 when the sum of its digits is a multiple of 9.
• A number is divisible by 10 when it ends in 0.
• A number is divisible by 11 when the difference between the sum of the absolute values of odd numbers place
and the sum of the absolute values of torque figures place from right to left, is zero or a multiple of 11.
• A number is divisible by 13 when separating the first digit on the right, multiplied by 9 subtracting this product
from what is left and so on, gives zero or a multiple of 13.
• A number is divisible by 17 when separating the first digit on the right, multiplied by 5, subtracting this product
from what is left and so on, gives zero or a multiple of 17.
• A number is divisible by 19 when separating the first digit on the right, multiplied by 17, subtracting this product
from what is left and so on, gives zero or multiple of 19.
• A number is divisible by 25 when its last two digits are zeros or they are a multiple of 25.
• A number is divisible by 125 when its last three digits are zeros or are a multiple of 125.
Example:
If n is an integer divisible by 15 but not by 9, then which of the following CANNOT be an integer?
Explanation:
45 is 5 x 9. But the number is not divisible by 9. So, n/45 is not an integer.
Practice Math:
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. None of these
a. 2 b. 7 c. 0 d. 9 e. None of these
4. N is a whole number which when divided by 4 gives 3 as remainder. What will be the remainder when 2n is
divided by 4?
a. 3 b. 2 c. 1 d. 0 e. None of these
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. None of these
6. The largest natural number which exactly divides the product of any four consecutive natural numbers is:
7. On dividing a number by 999, the quotient is 366 and the remainder is 103. The number is:
8. When a number is divided by 31, the remainder is 29. When the same number is divided by 16, what will be the
remainder?
a. 11 b. 13 c. 15 d. 17 e. Cannot be determined
9. A number when divided by 6 leaves a remainder 3. When the square of the same number is divided by 6, the
remainder is:
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. None of these
a. factors of 12
b. 24
c. 12 – x
d. multiples of 12
e. None of these
11. A number when divided successively in order by 4, 5 and 6. The remainders were respectively 2, 3 and 4. The
number can be:
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. None of these
13. What least number must be added to 1056, so that the sum is completely divisible by 23?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 18 d. 21 e. None of these
15. The difference of two numbers is 1365. On dividing the larger number by the smaller, we get 6 as quotient and
the 15 as remainder. What is the smaller number?
16. If the number 481M673 is completely divisible by 9, then the smallest whole number in place of M will be:
a. 2 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 e. None of these
17. On dividing a number by 56, we get 29 as remainder. On dividing the same number by 8, what will be the
remainder?
a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 e. None of these
18. It is given that (232 + 1) is completely divisible by a whole number. Which of the following numbers is completely
divisible by that whole number?
Answers
1. d 2. c 3. a 4. b
5. a 6. c 7. c 8. e 9. d
10. a 11. a 12. c 13. a 14. a
15. b 16. d 17. b 18. d
Solutions
1. 2a = 3b and a + b = 5
Or, a + 2a/3 = 5
Or, 5a/3 = 5
Or, a/3 = 1
Or, a=3
So, b=2
Therefore, a2 – b2 = 32 – 22 = 9 – 4 = 5
2. Here,
a = 19b + 7
and a = 11c + 7
Therefore, 19b + 7 = 11c + 7
Or, 19b = 11c
Now, since 19 and 11 are both prime numbers, b must be a multiple of c and c must be the same multiple of
19.
Otherwise the LHS won’t be equal to RHS.
Since c is a multiple of 19, when ‘bc’ is divided by 19, the remainder will be 0.
3. We know,
an – bn = (a – b) (an–1 + an–2 b + an–3 b2 + …. + abn–2 + bn–1)
So, for every natural number n, (xn – an) is completely divisible by (x – a).
7. As we know,
Dividend= (divisor X quotient) + remainder
Here divisor = 999
Quotient = 366
Remainder =103
So, the number is = (999 X 366) + 103
= {(1000 – 1) X 366} + 103
= 366000 – 366 + 103
= 365737
11. Let the number be x. Here, x is first divided by 4 and its quotient is divided by 5 and again that quotient is
divided by 6.
According to the question, x = 4a + 2. (Assuming a is the quotient of x/4)
Again, a = 5b + 3. (Assuming b is the quotient of a/5)
And, b = 6c+4 (Assuming c is the quotient of b/6)
By solving this, we get
x = 4[5(6c + 4) + 3] + 2 (since a = 5b + 3 and b = 6c + 4)
x = 120c + 94
Now, c is any natural number.
Now checking with the available options, we get a match when we put c = 1, x becomes 214.
[Note: Other acceptable values of x can also be found assuming other values of c.
For example: when c = 2, x = 120 X 2 + 94 = 334]
17. let, the number = 56Q + 29 [ divided by 56, quotient = Q, remainder = 29]
Dividing by 8 we get,
(56Q + 29)/8
= {(56Q + 24) + 5} / 8
Now, (56Q + 24) is divisible by 8. So, 5 will be the remainder.
Type 8: Fractions
Example:
What fraction of 4/7 must be added to itself to make the sum 11/14?
Explanation:
Let x be added to 4/7 to make the sum 11/14
Now, 4/7 + x= 11/14
Or, (4 + 7x) / 7= 11/14
Or, 4+7x= 11/2
Or, 8+14x=11
Or, 14x=3
So, x= 3/14
So, the required fraction is {(3/14) / (4/7)} = 3/8
So, 3/8 of 4/7 should be added to itself to make the sum 11/14.
Practice Math:
1. If the value of X and Y in the fraction XZ/Y are both doubled, how does the value of the fraction change?
a. Increases by half
b. Decreases by half
c. Triples
d. Doubles
e. Remains the same
1 1
3. If 1/y = 3 then ?
2 𝑦+2
11. A piece of wood is divided into three pieces so that the first piece is four times as big as the second and the
second piece is five times as big as the third. What fraction of the initial piece of wood is the smallest piece?
13. Siddiqi drank 1/4 of a bottle full of coke and passed it on to Aswad. Aswad drank 2/3 of what remained and
the rest was equally consumed by Sakib and Shahjada. If Shahjada consumed 150 ml of coke, what was the
capacity of the bottle in liters?
5 3
a. 2.5 b. c. 2 d. 3 e. 1.5
8 8
17. If the value of a certain fraction is equal to 0.6 and the denominator of the fraction is 45, then the numerator
of the fraction is
a. 18 b. 27 c. 9 d. 6 e. None of these
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 25
18. Kel had a 350 ml bottle of orange soda which was 4/5th full. What quantity should he consume to make the
bottle 5/7th empty?
19. Raisa, Oishi, and Ramisa paid a total of 820 taka for their dinner at a restaurant. If Raisa paid 1/2 of the total
amount, Oishi paid 328 taka, and Ramisa paid the rest, what fraction of the total amount did Ramisa pay?
20. Of the animals in Rangpur Zoo, 1/7 are Zebras, 1/9 are Giraffes, 1/3 are Tigers, and the rest is comprised of 26
Deer. How many Zebras are there in the Zoo?
a. 26 b. 37 c. 7 d. 9 e. 70
22. One-third of a number is equal to two-fifth of another number. If 60 is added to the larger number, it becomes
two times the second number. What is the smaller number?
24. If one number exceeds another number by 17 and the larger number is 3/2 times the smaller number, then the
smaller number is-
a. 17 b. 34 c. 51 d. 39 e. 65
25. Two sacks with equal capacity, are each 3/5 full of rice. If 4 kilos of rice from the first sack is transferred to
the second sack, the second sack will contain twice the amount of rice now contained in the first sack. What
is the capacity of each sack?
a. 12 b. 15 c. 20 d. 24 e. None of these
Answers
1. a 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. e
6. c 7. a 8. d 9. a 10. d
11. c 12. b 13. d 14. c 15. e
16. d 17. b 18. e 19. a 20. d
21. a 22. d 23. c 24. b 25. c
Solutions
1
3. 1/y = 3 = 7/2. Therefore, y = 2/7
2
2 16
Now, 1/(y+2) = 1/ ( +2) = 1/ = 7/16
7 7
4. a = 4 and b = 1/8
Now, a = 4 X 8/8
or, a = 32/8
or, a = 32b
or, b = a/32
or, b = 3a/(3 X 32)
or, b = 3a/96
7. (x + y + z)/5 = (x + y) /4
Or, 4(x + y + z) = 5 (x + y)
Or, 4x + 4y + 4z = 5x + 5y
Or, x + y = 4z
Or, z = (x + y)/4
8. a/x + b = 1
Or, a/x = 1 – b
Or, 1/x= (1 – b)/a
Or, x = a/(1 – b)
13. Sakib and Shahjada consumed 1/3 of what remained after Siddiqi drank his share.
Here, Shahjada consumed 150 ml of coke
So, Sakib consumed 150 ml of coke as well.
A/Q, (150 + 150) = 300 ml is 1/3 of what remained after Siddiqi drank his share.
So, (300*3) = 900 ml is what remained after Siddiqi drank his share
Again, A/Q, Siddiqi drank 1/4 of a bottle full of coke
So, 900 ml is 3/4 of the total capacity of the bottle.
So, capacity of bottle = (4/3)*900
= 1200 ml
Factors (গুর্নীয়ক) of any number are numbers that we can multiply with an integer to get that initial number
Again multiple (গুণর্তক) of a number is what we get after multiplying that number by an integer (not a fraction).
Let, ‘a’ and ‘b’ are 2 integers and a = 5b
So, ‘b’ is a factor of ‘a’
Again, ‘a’ is a multiple of ‘b’
Any number itself is its largest factor and smallest multiple.
Property 1: The product of LCM and HCF of any two given natural numbers is equivalent to the product of the given
numbers.
LCM of two numbers × HCF of the two numbers = Product of the two numbers.
Suppose A and B are two numbers, then.
LCM (A & B) × HCF (A & B) = A × B
Example:
What is the smallest number of apples that can distributed equally among 6, 9, 15, 18 students having a surplus
of 3 apples each time?
Explanation:
The LCM of 6, 9, 15 and 18 is 90
So, the smallest number of apples that can be equally distributed among 6, 9, 15, 18 students with 0 surplus
is 90.
So, the smallest number of apples that can distributed equally among 6, 9, 15, 18 students having a surplus of
3 apples each time is (90+3) = 93 apples.
So, the answer is option (e) none of these
Example:
3 and 7 factors of F. From this information, we can conclude that
a. 8 is a factor of F
b. F is a multiple of 21
c. F=3 × 7
d. 21 is a multiple of 21
Explanation:
The L.C.M. of 3 and 7 is 21. Therefore, F must be a multiple of 21.
Practice Math:
1. If n is an integer divisible by 15 but not by 9, then which of the following CANNOT be an integer?
2. 60 bento boxes are to be divided into x bags so that each bag contains equal number of boxes. What can’t be
the value of x?
a. 4 b. 20 c. 15 d. 6 e. 7
3. The greatest common factor of two positive integers is X. The least common multiple of the two integers is Y.
If one of the integers is Z, what is the other number?
𝑿𝒀 𝒀𝒁
a. b. c. z + y d. x + z e. None of these
𝒁 𝑿
4. If y is an integer divisible by 5 but not by 3 then which of the following will never be an integer?
𝒚 𝒚 𝒚 𝒚
a. b. c. d. e. None of these
𝟓 𝟑 𝟏𝟓 𝟐
5. If x and y are two distinct positive integers divisible by 6, then which of the following is necessarily divisible by
9?
.
2 2
a. x + y b. x – y c. x + y d. 2x + y e. None of these
7. A number when divided by a divisor leaves a remainder of 24. When twice the original number is divided by the
same divisor the remainder is 7. What is the value of the divisor?
a. 13 b. 59 c. 33 d. 41 e. 47
8. When Adree divided X Taka among Y people, he found each person should get 25.375 Taka. But he could only
pay an integer amount of money per person. So, he found he had 3 Taka left after division. What is the value
of x + y?
9. Find the smallest number which when divided by 12 and 18 will have a remainder of 6 and 12 respectively?
a. 16 b. 22 c. 30 d. 44 e. None of these
a. 42 b. 56 c. 70 d. 68 e. 156
11. What is the minimum number of chocolates that must be added to the existing stock of 770 chocolates so
that the total stock can equally be divided among 8, 12 or 16 persons?
a. 32 b. 46 c. 58 d. 80 e. None of these
12. A basket contained 15 mangoes, 33 grapes and 19 apples. If x apples are removed, the fruits can be equally
divided into 3 portions without any surplus fruits. What must be the value of x?
a. 1 b. 4 c. 5 d. 9 e. Cannot be determined
13. Sozen’s comet can be seen once every 36 years. Halley ’s Comet can be seen once every 40 years. If both the
comets were seen in 2019, when can we see both the comets in the same year again?
Answers
1. e 2. e 3. a 4. c 5. c
6. e 7. d 8. b 9. c 10. e
11. b 12. e 13. c
Solution
1. Since n is not divisible by 9, n can’t be divisible by any multiple of 9 either.
Since, 45 = 9 x 5 i.e. 45 is a multiple of 9, n can’t be divisible by 45.
6. If x + 1 is a factor of x3 + Zx + 3x2 – 2
When, x = –1,
x3 + Zx + 3x2 – 2 = 0
Now, putting the value of x in the equation, we find Z = 0
7. Let, the divisor be x and the initial quotient when the original number is divided by x be q.
i.e. (original number / x) = q and remainder is 24 (Since remainder is 24, we understand x > 24)
We know, Dividend = (Divisor x Quotient) + Remainder
Here, Original number = qx + 24
So, twice the original number = 2qx + 48
Now, when twice the original number is divided by x, we know ‘2qx’ part will leave no remainder. When x goes
on to divide the extra 48 part, it leaves a remainder of 7.
Since x > 24, x can divide 48 only once.
Thus, x = (48 – 7) = 41.
8. Here,
X/Y = 25.375
after dividing X by Y, Adree found 3 as remainder
3
So, X/Y = 25 (In a mixed fraction, the fraction part is composed of remainder/divisor)
𝑌
Now, 0.375 is equal to the (remainder/divisor)
In this case, we can write 0.375 = 3/Y
So, Y = (3 ÷ 0.375) = 8
And, the value of X = (8 x 25.375) = 203
So, X + Y = (203 + 8) = 211
10. x has to be divisible by 2, 3 & 13, for x/2, x/3 & x/13 to represent integers. So, x has to be a multiple of
2*3*13 = 78.
Option (a) 42 is not a multiple of 78
Option (b) 56 is not a multiple of 78
Option (c) 70 is not a multiple of 78
Option (d) 68 is not a multiple of 78
Option (e) 156 is a multiple of 78
12. Here, since all the fruits are to be divided into 3 equal portions, the number of apples will have to be divisible
by 3. Now, there are 6 possible numbers less than 19 that are divisible by 3. So, there are six possible values
that can be subtracted from 19 to get a number which is divisible by 3. So, we can’t possibly determine what
then value of x must be.
When two fractions are given, there is a simple trick to help figure out which fraction is the larger. Multiply the
numerator ( ব) of the first fraction (the top number in the fraction) by the denominator (হর) of the second fraction (the
bottom number in the fraction). Again, multiply the numerator of the second fraction by the denominator of the first
fraction. Then compare the two answers.
Let’s compare 3/8 and 4/9.
• 3 * 9 = 27
• 4 * 8 = 32
Since, 32 > 27
We can conclude, 4/9 > 3/8.
Make sure that the answers relate to the numerator.
In this example 27 relates to 3/8 and 32 to 4/9.
Example
Which of the following fraction is the largest?
Explanation
Another way of approaching this kind of math is through a common base i.e. denominator.
The LCM of 8, 16 , 40 and 80 = 80
7/8 = (7*10)/ (8*10) = 70/80
13/16 = (13*5)/ (16*5) = 65/80
31/40 = (31* 2)/ (40*2) = 62/80
63/80 = 63/80
70 > 65 > 63 > 62
7/8 >13/16 > 63/80 > 31/40
The largest fraction is 7/8
a. 1/ (32 X 52) b. 2/ (32 X 52) c. 7/ (33 X 52) d. 45/ (33 X 53) e. 65/(34 X 54)
Answers
1. a 2. d 3. b 4. c 5. a
6. c 7. e 8. a
Solution
1. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), 2*13 = 26, 4*7 = 28, so 2/7 < 4/13. Option (a) is smaller.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (c), 2*16 = 32, 5*7 = 35, so 2/7 < 5/16. Option (a) is smaller.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (d), 2*3 = 6, 1*7 = 7, so 2/7 < 1/3. Option (a) is smaller.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (e), 2*10 = 20, 3*7 = 21, so 2/7 < 3/10. Option (a) is smaller.
2. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), 7*19 = 133, 4*7 = 195, so 7/15 < 13/19. Option (b) is greater.
Comparing Option (b) & Option (c), 13*7 = 91, 19*4=76, so 13/19 > 4/7. Option (b) is greater.
Comparing Option (b) & Option (d), 13*13=169, 19*9=171, so 13/19 < 9/13. Option (d) is greater.
Comparing Option (d) & Option (e), 9*3 = 27, 13*2 = 26, so 9/13 > 2/3. Option (d) is greater.
3. Option (a) 2*25 = 50, 3*16 = 48, so 2/3 > 16/25. So, it can be eliminated.
Option (b) 2*19 = 38, 3*14 = 42
So, 2/3 < 14/19.
4. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), 12*14 = 168, 15*11 = 165, so 12/15 > 11/14. Option (a) is greater.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (c), 12*6 = 72, 15*5 = 75, so 12/15 < 5/6. Option (c) is greater.
Comparing Option (c) & Option (d), 5*21 = 105, 6*17 = 102, so 5/6 > 17/21. Option (c) is greater.
Comparing Option (c) & Option (e), 5*35 = 175, 6*29 = 174, so 5/6 > 29/35. Option (c) is greater.
6. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), 23*46 = 1058, 45*24 = 1080, so 23/45 < 24/46. Option (a) is smaller.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (c), 23*57 = 1311, 45*28 = 1260, so 23/45 > 28/57. Option (c) is smaller.
Comparing Option (c) & Option (d), 28*3 = 84, 57*2 = 114, so 28/57 < 2/3. Option (c) is smaller.
Comparing Option (c) & Option (e), 28*58 = 1624, 57*29 = 1653, so 28/57 < 29/58. Option (c) is smaller.
7. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), Option (b) is greater. (Same denominator, but greater nominator).
Comparing Option (c) & Option (d), Option (d) is greater. (Same denominator, but greater nominator).
Comparing Option (b) & Option (d), 2* 33*53 < 45 * 32 *52. So, Option (d) is greater.
Comparing Option (d) & Option (e), 24*34*54 < 65*33*53. So, Option (e) is greater.
How to divide
• Multiply the divisor by as many 10's as necessary until we get a whole number.
• Remember to multiply the dividend by the same number of 10's.
প্রর্শম ভাজ্ক কক পূর্ সংখ্যা
ণ বানাশে হশব। োর জ্নয ভাজ্কশক যে দিশে গুন দিশে হশেশে, ঠিক েে দিশেই ভাজ্য কক গুন দিশে
হশব।
Example:
What is the HCF of 2.04, 0.24 and 0.8?
Explanation:
2.04 = 204* (1/100)
0.24 = 24* (1/100)
0.8 = 80 * (1/100)
Now, the HCF of 204, 24 and 80 is 4
So, the required HCF = 4 * (1/100)
Practice Math:
1. Which of the following numbers is the least?
𝟏
a. 0< < 0.01
𝟏𝟎
𝟏
b. 0.12< < 0.15
𝟖
𝟏
c. 0.3< <.5
𝟒
𝟏
d. 0.3< < 0.33
𝟑
e. None of these
a. 0.0004/0.005
b. 0.0006/0.01
c. 0.1/0.03
d. 0.0003/0.006
e. 0.001/0.01
Answers
1. a 2. c 3. b 4. c 5. a
6. a
Solutions
1. 0.0092 is the lowest.
3. 1/8 = 0.125
4. 0.1/0.03 = 3.33
6. 0.1/0.3 = 0.333…
Exponents (সূচক) are used in many algebra problems, so it's important that you understand the rules for working with
exponents. Let's go over each rule in detail, and see some examples.
Rules of 1
There are two simple "rules of 1" to remember.
First, any number raised to the power of "one" equals itself. This makes sense, because the power shows how many
times the base is multiplied by itself. If it's only multiplied one time, then it's logical that it equals itself.
Secondly, one raised to any power is one. This, too, is logical, because one times one times one, as many times as you
multiply it, is always equal to one.
Product Rule
The exponent "product rule" tells us that, when multiplying two powers that have the same base, you can add the
exponents. In this example, you can see how it works. Adding the exponents is just a short cut.
Power Rule
The "power rule" tells us that to raise a power to another power, just multiply the exponents. Here you see that 5 2 raised
to the 3rd power is equal to 56.
Quotient Rule
The quotient rule tells us that we can divide two powers with the same base by subtracting the exponents. You can
see why this works if you study the example shown.
Zero Rule
According to the "zero rule," any nonzero number raised to the power of zero equals 1.
The last rule in this lesson tells us that any nonzero number raised to a negative power equals its reciprocal raised to
the opposite positive power.
Exponent simplification
Here we basically take an exponential function, bring out its factors and get and exponential term for each of those
factors.
For example:
208 = (4*5)8 = 48 *58 = (22)8 * 58= 216 * 58.
Example 1:
If 8(2𝑎+𝑏) =16(𝑎+2𝑏) , then a =?
Explanation:
8(2𝑎+𝑏) =16(𝑎+2𝑏)
Or, 23(2𝑎+𝑏) =24(𝑎+2𝑏)
Or, 3(2a+b) = 4(a+2b)
Or, 6a+3b = 4a + 8b
Or, 2a = 5b
Or, a = 5b/2
Example 2:
If 1252x–4 = 6257–x, then what is the largest prime factor of x?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 5 d. 7 e. 11
Explanation:
1252x–4 = 6257–x
Or, (53)2x–4 = (54)7–x
Or, 53(2x–4) = 54(7–x)
Or, 3(2x – 4) = 4(7 – x)
Or, 6x – 12 = 28 – 4x
Or, 10x – 12 = 28
Or, 10x = 40
Or, x=4
The largest prime factor of 4 is 2.
Before we can simplify the square root, we keep factoring it until we've broken it down into two identical parts. With
some large square roots, you can simplify more than once. If this happens, multiply the integers together to get your
final result.
Here's an example:
√180 = √(2 x 90)
√180 = √(2 x 2 x 45)
√180 = 2√45, but this can still be simplified further.
√180 = 2√(3 x 15)
√180 = 2√(3 x 3 x 5)
√180 = (2)(3√5)
√180 = 6√5
Example:
102 (108+108)/ 104 =?
Explanation:
102 (108+108)/ 104
= 102. 2. 108 / 104
= 2. 108+2-4
= 2*106
Practice Math:
a. 3 b. 2 c. 5 d. 4 e. 6
a. 7 b. 8 c. 9 d. 10 e. None of these
a. 9 b. 51 c. 256 d. 18 e. 9
8. 𝑅𝑐 × 𝑅𝐷 ×𝑅𝐸 ×𝑅𝐹 =𝑅 −17 . If R>0 and C, D, E and F are each different negative integers, what is the possible smallest
value of C?
9. √3989 / √0.3989= ?
a. 7 b. 13 c. 15 d. 17 e. None of these
3
11. What is the value of ( √36 )2?
a. 81 b. 27 c. 9 d. 3 e. 1
13. 102+103+104 =?
a. a = b b. a = 2b c. b = 2a d. a2 = b e. None of these
17. Which of the following is equal to 410 + 410 + 410 + 410 + 411?
a. 3 b. 9 c.18 d. 26 e. 81
19. Karim sent a chain email to 10 of his friends. The number of people who got the email increases by a factor
of 1.4 every week. Which expression gives the number of people who got the email after 3 weeks?
20. The town of Richardson has a population of 9900 people. The population is growing at a rate of 2.3% each
year. Which expression gives the population 7 years from now?
a. 9900(1 – 0.023)7
b. 9900(1.23)7
c. 9900(1.023)7
d. 9900 X 0.0237
e. None of these
21. In a storage warehouse, each container weighs 63 pounds. If there are 65 containers, how much do the crates
weigh in total?
a. 68 b. 128 c. 65 + 63 d. 36 e. 615
22. You own a microscope with an objective lens and an eyepiece. The objective lens can magnify an
object 103 times, and the eyepiece can further magnify an object 100.5 times. What is the maximum
magnification on your microscope?
23. Belle likes to gather coconuts. Over 2 weeks, Belle has gathered 26 coconuts for herself. Assuming she
continues to gather coconuts at the same rate, how many coconuts will she have after 8 weeks of coconut
gathering?
a. 28 b. 27 c. 26 d. 25 e. None of these
24. At room temperature, bacterium doubles in every 30 minutes. In three hours, what will be the total number of
bacteria from an initial number of 3?
Answers
1. e 2. e 3. b 4. c 5. b 6. d
7. a 8. b 9. c 10. a 11. a 12. d
13. d 14. a 15. e 16. b 17. b 18. d
19. c 20. c 21. a 22. c 23. a 24. b
Solution
2. √(45)(9) + (27)(36)
= √(32 × 5 × 32 ) + ( 32 × 33 × 22 )
= √34 (5 + 3 × 22 )
= 9 √5 + 12
= 9 √17
3. √(27)(45)(125)
= √33 (5 × 32 )53
= √35 × 54
= 32 × 52 √3
= 225 √3
4. 972
= 2 x 486
= 2 x 2 x 243
= 2 x 2 x 3 x 81
= 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x 27
= 2 x 2 x 3 x 3 x (3)3
= (2)2 x (3)5
So, n=5
7. 2𝑥 = 512
Or, 2𝑥 = 256 x 2
Or, 2x = 128 x 2 x 2
Or, 2x = 64 x 2 x 2 x 2
Or, 2x = 32 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
Or, 2x = 16 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
Or, 2x = (2)4 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2
Or, 2x = (2)9
8. For C to have the smallest value, D, E and F should have the greatest possible values.
The greatest possible values of D, E & F are –1, –2 & –3, because they are negative numbers and each have
different values.
So, C + D + E + F = –17
Or, C – 3 – 2 – 1 = –17
Or, C= –11
3
11. ( √36 )2
= (36/3)2
= (32)2
= 81
12. 3x + 3x + 3x=3n
Or, 3.3x = 3n
Or, 3x+1 = 3n
Or, x + 1= n
Or, x=n–1
18. 3 + 3n+3 = 81
Or, 3(1 + 3n+2) = 81
Or, (1 + 3n+2) = 27
Or, 3n+2 = 26
Recognizing Patterns
A common way to attempt these types of questions is to list out the initial expansions of a power to determine a
pattern. Questions which ask about the last decimal digit of a power can be solved completely after proving that the
pattern in question holds.
• Digits 0, 1, 5 & 6: When we observe the behavior of these digits, they all have the same unit's digit as the
number itself when raised to any power.
0n = the last digit will be 0,
1n = the last digit will be 1,
5n = the last digit will be 5,
6n = the last digit will be 6.
• Digits 4 & 9: Both these numbers have a cycle of only two different digits as their unit's digit.
Let us take a look at how the powers of 4 operate: 4 1 = 4, 42 = 16, 43 = 64, and so on.
Hence, the power cycle of 4 contains only 2 digits 4 & 6, which appear in case of odd and even powers
respectively.
Likewise, the powers of 9 operate as follows: 9 1 = 9, 92 = 81, 93 = 729, and so on.
Hence, the power cycle of 9 also contains only 2 digits 9 & 1, which appear in case of odd and even powers
respectively.
So, broadly these can be remembered in even and odd only,
4odd = the last digit will be 4
4even = the last digit will be 6
Likewise,
9odd = the last digit will be 9
9even = the last digit will be 1
Example:
What is the unit digit in 7105?
a. 1 b. 5 c. 7 d. 9 e. None of these
Explanation:
Unit digit of 7105
= unit digit of (74)26 x 71.
=unit digit of (1)26 x 71 [ Because unit digit of (74) = 1]
=7
a. 2 b. 4 c. 6 d. 8 e. None of these
2. If x is a positive integer, what is the units digit of (249) 4x+3 x (525)3x x (423)3?
2 b. 5 c. 4 d. 0 e. None of these
a. 0 b. 2 c. 3 d. 5 e. None of these.
a. 0 b. 4 c. 6 d. 7 e. None of these
Answers
1. b 2. b 3. a 4. b
Solution
1. If the power of 4 is an odd number then the last digit of the number is 4.
Therefore, the unit digit of 6374179 x 3(625)317 x 341491 = the unit digit off 4x5x1 = 0
4. 795 – 358
The power cycle of 7 shows us
71 = 7
72 = 49
73 = 343
74 = 2401
The last digits keep repeating from here on. So, for every exponent which is a multiple of 4 will yield 1 as the
last digit.
So, 796 will have 1 as the last digit.
So, 795 will have 3 as the last digit.
Using the same principle for 358, we find
358 will have 9 as the last digit.
So, the required unit digit is |**3 - **9| = 4
Example:
What is the reciprocal of 7/ √1470?
Explanation:
The reciprocal of
7/ √1470 is √1470 /7
Or, √49 × 5 × 6 /7
Or, 7 x √30 / 7
Or, √30
Practice Math:
1. The sum of a number and its inverse (or reciprocal) is equal to twice the number. What is the number?
a. 1 b. –1 c. 1 or –1 d. –2 e. 2
2
2. The reciprocal of p/n is n/p and vice versa. Which of the following is the reciprocal of
√48
4√3
a. b. 2 √3 c. 2 d. 3 √2 e. None of these
3
3. The sum of the two numbers is 12 and their product is 35. What is the sum of the reciprocals of these numbers?
4. The difference between a positive fraction and its reciprocal is 9/20. Find the sum of the fraction and its
reciprocal.
Answers
1. c 2. b 3. a 4. a
Solution
1. x + 1/x = 2x
or, x = 1/x
or, x2 = 1
A number line is a picture of a graduated straight line that serves as abstraction for real numbers, denoted by R. Every
point of a number line is assumed to correspond to a real number, and every real number to a point.
Example:
How many numbers 1 to 250 inclusive are cubes of integers?
Explanation:
The cubes of integers from 1 to 250 are 1, 8, 27, 64, 125, 216.
Practice Math:
1. If X is greater than zero, but less than 1, which of the following is the largest?
a. X4 b. X3 c. X d. 1/X4 e. 1/X3
a. x3 > x2 > x b. x2 > x3 > x c. x2 > x > x3 d. x > x3 > x2 e. x > x2 > x3
4. On a real number line, x1 = –5 and x2 = 17. What is the distance between these two points?
Answers
1. d 2. e 3. c 4. c 5. c
Solution
1.Given, 0<x<1,
Let, x = 0.2,
So, for option (a), x4 = (0.2)4 = 0.0016
For option (b) , x3 = (0.2)3 = 0.008
For option (c) , x = 0.2
For option (d), 1/x4 = 1/0.0016 = 625
For option (e), 1/x3= 1/0.008 = 125
So, option (d) is the correct answer
2.Given, 0<x<1. We try out the options for x = 0.2 and then x = 0.3 to check to see if the expressions
increase as x increases:
For (i) when x = 0.2, 1- x^2^ = 0.96
But, when x = 0.3, 1- x^2^ = 0.91
So, (i) can be eliminated.
For (ii), when x = 0.2, 1-x = 0.8
But, when x = 0.3, 1-x = 0.7
So, (ii) can be eliminated.
3. Given, -1<x<0, we try out the options for x = -0.3 and x = -0.2 to see if the value of the expressions decrease
as x increases.
For, (i), 1 - (-0.3)^2^ = 0.91 < 1- (-0.2)^2^ = 0.96
For (ii), 1- (-0.3)^3^ = 1.027 > 1- (-0.2)^3^ = 1.008
For, (iii), 1/(-0.3)^3^ = -(1/0.027) > 1/(-0.2)^3 = -(1/0.008)
So, option (c) is the correct answer
4.The distance between two points is always positive. We calculate lx 2 – x1l, which will give us the distance
between the points.
|17 – (–5)| = |17 + 5| = |22| = 22
So, option (c) is the correct answer.
5. Here, we input different acceptable values of x and test all the options.
In case of (i) if x increases, 1– x2 increases. So, it is false.
In case of (ii) if x increases, 1 – x3 decreases. So, it is true.
In case of (iii) if x increases, 1/x3 decreases. So, it is true.
Example:
If a + b = 7 and a – b = 9, what is the value of a2 – b2?
a. 49 b. 56 c. 63 d. 77 e. None of these
Explanation:
We know, (a + b) (a – b) = a2 – b2
Or, a2 – b2 = 7 x 9
Or, a2 – b2 = 63
Practice Math:
a. 20 b. 40 c. 60 d. 80 e. None of these
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 54
2. If a + b= 8 and a2 + b2 = 124, then what is the value of ab?
a. - 60 b. - 30 c.0 d. 30 e. 60
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. None of these
a. ac – 2ab – bc
b. ac – 2ab + bc
c. ac + 2ab + bc
d. ac + bc
e. None of these
a. 25 b. 50 c. 75 d. 100 e.125
Answers
1. b 2. b 3. a 4. b 5. b
Solution
1. We know,
(a – b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2
Or, 62 = 116 + 2ab
Or, 2ab = 116 – 36 = 80
Or, ab = 80/2 = 40
2. We know,
(a + b)2 = a2 + 2ab + b2
Or, 64 = 124 + 2ab
Or, 2ab = -60
Or, ab = -30
3. We know,
(a + b)2 – (a – b)2 = 4ab
Or, 25 – 17 = 4ab
Or, 4ab = 8
Therefore, ab = 2
4. a(c – b) – b(a – c)
= ac – ba – ba + bc
= ac – 2ab + bc
5. We know,
(a + b)2 + (a – b)2 = 2(a2 + b2)
Or, 2(a2 + b2) = 64 + 36
Or, a2 + b2 = 100/2
Or, a2 + b2 = 50
The problems in this type require the use of basic understanding of numbers which have been discussed in the
previous sections. All you need to do is develop equations using which you can determine the value of the unknown
variables.
Example:
There were n books in a store. After 1/4th of the books were sold and 7 more books were procured, the total
number of books in the shop stood at 64. What was the original number of books in the shop?
a. 76 b. 85 c. 92 d. 96 e. None of these
Practice Math:
a. 7 b. –3 c. 2 d. 1 e. Cannot be determined
2. If a, b and c are 3 consecutive positive even integers and a > b > c, which of the following has the minimum
value?
3. x, y & z are consecutive positive integers. If x < y < z and (xy) + z is an odd integer, which of the following could
be the value of z?
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. None of these
5. Which one of the following is the minimum value of the sum of two integers whose product is 81?
6. 2ab5 is a four-digit number divisible by 25. If the number formed from the two digits ab is a simple multiple of
16. Then value of ab can be?
a. 10 b. 16 c. 32 d. 48 e. None of these
7. The difference between three hundred and nine thousand sixteen and ninety-three thousand seven hundred
and six is-
9. If the product of 2, 9 and 12 is equal to one half the sum of 132 and x, then x =?
a. 16 b. 20 c. 24 d. 25 e. None of these
11. A manager has a sales target of taka 60 million per quarter in 2019. Accounts show that during the first three
quarters he has sold taka 10, 15, and 20 million worth of goods respectively. How much in taka should the
manager sell during the fourth quarter in order to maintain the average sales target?
12. Rate of call is Tk. 6.5 per minute for all outgoing and Tk. 3.5 for all incoming from and to my mobile telephone.
Find the charge if I made 13 calls (7 calls for 3 minutes and 6 calls for 2 minutes) and received 12 calls (5 calls
for 5 minutes and 7 calls for 4 minutes)?
13. If (x+2)2 = 9 and (y + 7)2 =25 then the minimum value of y/x is
a. 2XY/ (7 – 0.5X)
b. XY + 2X/7
c. X(Y + 0.5)/7
d. 2XY/ (14 – X)
e. None of these
a. z – x – y b. z + x – y c. 2x – z d. 2z – x + y e. None of these
17. If 7/8 of a number is 9 more than 5/7 of the number, what is 1/4 of that number?
a. 14 b. 20 c. 2 d. 32 e. None of these
18. The sum of all solutions for x in the equation x2– 4x – 21 = (x – 2) + 5 is equal to:
a. –7 b. 8 c. 11 d. -5 e. None of these
a. 5/3 b. 1 c. ⅔ d. 1/3 e. 0
a. –2 b. 2 c. 3 d. 1 e. 4
𝑎𝑏−𝑏+𝑎−𝑏2
23. If = 9, then b =?
𝑎−𝑏
26. If one number exceeds another number by 24 and the larger number is 7/4 times the smaller number, then the
smaller number is
a. 12 b. 18 c. 24 d. 32 e. None of these
28. If x =3, which of the following is equal to the average of (x + 3)2 and (x – 3)2?
a. 𝑥 2 b. 𝑥 2 + 2 c. 𝑥 2 + 3x d. 𝑥 2 + 2x e. None of these
29. When 20 is divided by a positive integer x, the remainder is x – 1, which of the following could be the value of
x?
30. Iftekhar earns $ 9.5 per hour on days other than Sundays and twice that rate on Sundays. Last week he worked
a total of 40 hours, including 8 hours on Sunday. What were his earnings for the week?
a. –4 b. –3/4 c. 3/4 d. 1 e. 3
𝑚2 +𝑚−6
33. If = 1, then m could equal
6
a. –3 b. 0 c. 1 d. 4 e. None of these
a. 2 b. 4 c. 12 d. 15 e. 27
a. 4 b. 3 c. 7 d. 1 e. Cannot be determined
37. The difference of two numbers is 1365. On dividing the larger number by the smaller, we get 6 as quotient and
the 15 as remainder. What is the smaller number?
38. The price of 3 tables and 4 chairs is TK. 3300. With the same money one can buy 2 tables and 10 chairs. If one
wants to buy 1 table and 1 chair, how much does he need to pay?
a. TK. 940 b. TK. 1050 c. TK. 1040 d. TK. 950 e. None of these
39. There are 6 working days in a regular week and for each day, there are 10 working hours in a day. A man earns
TK. 2.10 per hour for regular work-hours and TK. 4.20 per hour for overtime. If he earns TK. 525 in 4 weeks,
how many hours did he work?
40. In a group of ducks and cows, the total number of legs is 28 more than twice the number of heads. Find the
total number of cows.
a. 14 b. 12 c. 9 d. 8 e. None of these
41. Coins are to be put into 8 pockets so that each pocket contains at least one coin. At most 4 of the pockets are
to contain the same number of coins and no two of the remaining pockets are to contain an equal number of
coins. What is the least possible number of coins needed for the pockets?
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 59
a. 8 b. 14 c. 18 d. 22 e. None of these
42. If the product of 3 consecutive integers is 210, the sum of the integers is:
a. 9 b. 12 c. 14 d. 15 e. 18
43. If 4 is subtracted from one-fifth of a number, the result is 20. The number is
Answers
1. a 2. b 3. c 4. d 5. d
6. c 7. d 8. b 9. b 10. c
11. d 12. c 13. b 14. c 15. d
16. c 17. a 18. e 19. d 20. b
21. b 22. e 23. b 24. a 25. d
26. d 27. c 28. c 29. c 30. c
31. b 32. c 33. e 34. e 35. a
36. e 37. b 38. b 39. a 40. a
41. c 42. e 43. c
Solutions
1. For the expression (2-5x) to have the minimum value, x must have the greatest possible value. Since, x is a
negative integer, Maximum value of x= -1.
So, 2 – 5x = 2 – 5 x (–1) = 2 + 5 = 7
3. Since, x, y and z are all consecutive positive integers and (xy) + z is odd, both x and z must be odd while y is
even.
4. We put in different acceptable values of x and y and try out all the options.
If x= 7.5 and y= 0.5 then x+y = 8. Here, x and y are not integers. so option (I) is false
If x= 3 then y=5 for x+y = 8. If x is odd y must be odd. So, option (II) is false
If x is negative y must be positive since x+y is positive. So, only option (III) is true.
5. Let, ab = 81
Now, the greatest possible value of a + b can be found by adding 1 (the lowest positive factor of 81) with 81
(the greatest positive factor of 81).
i.e. a + b = 81 + 1 = 82.
Similarly, the lowest possible value of a+b can be found by taking the negative corresponding values of these
factors.
i.e. a + b = (–81) + (–1) = –82.
9. 2 X 9 X 12 = ½ X (132 + x)
Or, 432 =132 + x
Or, x = 300
13. (x + 2)2 = 9
Or, x + 2 = ±3
So, x = 1 or x = –5
Again, (y + 7)2 = 25
Or, y + 7 = ±5
So, y = –2 or y = –12
Therefore, least possible value of y/x = –12/1 = –12
16. Here, z – 2y = x + y – 2y = x – y
Again, 2x – z = 2x – x – y = x – y
Therefore, z – 2y = 2x – z
18. X2 – 4X – 21 = (X – 2) + 5
Or, X2 – 4X –21 – X + 2 – 5 = 0
Or, X2 – 5X – 24 = 0
Or, X2 – 8X + 3X – 24 = 0
Or, X = 8 or, X = –3
So, the sum of the solutions = 8 + (–3) = 5
19. a/x + b = 3
Or, a/x = 3 – b
Or, x = a/ (3 – b)
20. 3x – 8 = 1
Or, 3x = 9
Or, x=3
Or, x–2=1
21. x2 – 5x + 6 = 0
Or, (x – 3) (x – 2) =0
Or, x = 2 or, x = 3
Again,
x2 – 4 = 0
Or, x = ±2
Therefore, x = 2
25. x = z+4
Again, y = 10x –16
Or, y = 10z +40 –16 (Putting the value of x)
Or, y = 10z + 24
32. x/y = 4
Or, x = 4y
Again, (x – y)/x = (4y – y) / 4y = 3y/4y = 3/4
35. 3x/4 = 12
Or, x= 16
Or, x/8 = 2
41. The least number of coins a pocket can hold is 1. So, 4 pockets should contain 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 4 coins.
The rest should contain 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 = 14 coins.
So, least possible number of total coins = 4 + 14 = 18 coins.
a. None
b. I only
c. II and III only
d. I an III only
e. I, II and III
2. In an examination, a student scores 4 marks for every correct answer and loses 1 mark for every wrong answer.
If he attempts all 80 questions and secures 120 marks, how many questions does he answer correctly?
a. 30 b. 60 c. 50 d. 40 e. None of these
3. If x and y are both odd integers, which of the following numbers must be an even integer?
a. x2 + y – 1 b. xy + y2 c. x + y + 1 d. xy + 2 e. None of these
5. On dividing a number by 5, we get 3 as remainder. What will the remainder when the square of the number is
divided by 5?
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 4 e. None of these
6. A 3-digit number 4a3 is added to another 3-digit number 984 to give a 4-digit number 13b7, which is divisible
by 11. Then, (a + b) =?
a. 10 b. 11 c. 12 d. 15 e. None of these
7. On dividing a number by 357, we get 39 as remainder. On dividing the same number 17, what will be the
remainder?
a. 0 b. 3 c. 5 d. 11 e. None of these
8. Minik contributed 1/4 of his salary to a charity, which is half the salary of Rafid. Rafid contributed 2/5 of his
salary to the same charity, which is twice the salary of Shabab. Shabab contributed 5/16 of his salary to the
charity. If Rafids’s salary is Tk. 40,000, what was the total contribution to the charity?
a. Tk. 38500 b. Tk. 42500 c. Tk. 38875 d. Tk. 39675 e. None of these
9. A club has equal number of male and female members. On a certain day, two fifths of the members were
absent. Of the members present, one third were female. What is the ratio of male and female members who
were not present on that day?
10. A sum of TK. 2200 has been divided among A, B and C such that A gets 1/4 of what B gets and B gets 1/5 of
what C gets. What is B's share?
11. One-third of Rahul's savings in National Savings Certificate is equal to one-half of his savings in Public
Provident Fund. If he has TK. 1, 80,000 as total savings, how much has he saved in Public Provident Fund?
a. TK. 72000 b. TK. 44000 c.TK. 58000 d.TK. 92000 e. None of these
12. If both 52 and 32 are factors of x where x = n × 25 × 62 × 73, what is the smallest possible positive value of n?
a. 25 b. 27 c. 45 d. 75 e. None of these
13. A room has equal number of men and women. Eight women left the room, leaving twice as many men as
women in the room. What was the total number of men and women present in the room initially?
a. 32 b. 34 c. 28 d. 30 e. None of these
14. How many pieces of 85 cm length can be cut from a rod 42.5 metres long?
a. 15 b. 20 c. 2 d. 50 e. None of these
15. In a garden, 26 trees are planted at equal distances along a yard 300 meters long, one tree being at each end
of the yard. What is the distance between two consecutive trees?
Answers
1. c 2. d 3. b 4. b 5. d
6. a 7. c 8. a 9. d 10. d
11. a 12. a 13. a 14. d 15. d
Solution
1. We know Even x Even = Even, Odd x Odd = Odd & Even + Odd = Odd
So, (II) & (III) are both odd.
6. 13b7 is divisible by 11. If we apply the method of long division, we see that the information in the blank boxes
are missing as we don’t know the value of b. From there through back calculation and trial and error, we can
understand the blank box should contain 2. This leads us to find the value of b to be 9.
Cross checking,
127 X 11= 1397
So, b = 9
1397 – 984 = 413
Now,
4a3 = 413
So, a = 1
That means, a + b= 1 + 9 = 10
9. Let total number of members in the club be x. Male members = Female members = x/2
Absent members = 2x/5
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 70
So present members= 3x/5
Present female members= 3x/5 * 1/3 = x/5
So, present male members = 3x/5 – x/5 = 2x/5
Absent male members = x/2 -2x/5 = (5-4) x/10= x/10
Absent female members= x/2 – x/5 = (5-2) x/10 = 3x/10
So, ratio of absent male & female members = (x/10)/(3x/10)= 1/3
15. For planting trees, one had to be put in the end to cover the distance between the trees.
So, the distance between the trees = 300 / (26 - 1) = 300/25 = 12
2. An organization decided to raise TK. 6 lakh by collecting equal contribution from each of its employees. If each
of them had contributed TK. 60 extra, the contribution would have been TK. 6.24 lakh. How many employees
are there in that organization?
a. 1 b. 3 c. 7 d. 9 e. None of these
5. If x2 – y2 = 16. Then 4 (x + y) (x – y) =?
a. 64 b. 32 c. 16 d. 8 e. 128
6. The price of 24 apples is equal to that of 28 oranges. The price of 45 apples and 60 oranges together is TK.
1350. The total price of 30 apples and 40 oranges is
a. tk. 920 b. tk. 940 c. tk. 880 d. tk. 900 e. None of these
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. None of these
8. A number when divided by the sum of 555 and 445 gives two times their difference as quotient and 30 as the
remainder. The number is:
a. 6 only
b. 6 and 12 both
c. 12 only
d. by 18 only
e. none of these
10. An engineer, designed a ball so that when it was dropped, it rose with each bounce exactly one-half as high
as it had fallen. The engineer dropped the ball from a 36-foot platform and caught it after it had traveled 33.75
yards. How many times did the ball bounce?
a. 6 b. 12 c. 5 d. 4 e. None of these
12. If all chocolates from a box were equally distributed among some children, each child would get 3 chocolates.
If four more children are added to the group and you want to give each child 2 chocolates, you will run short
by two chocolates. How many chocolates do you have for distribution?
a. 15 b. 17 c. 18 d. 19 e. none of these
13. At room temperature, yeast doubles in every 10 minutes. In an hour, what will be the total number of yeast
from an initial number of 3?
Answers
1. a 2. a 3. c 4. e 5. a
6. d 7. c 8. d 9. b 10. d
11. c 12. c 13. b
Solution
1. (a + b + c)/7 = (a + c)/4
Or, 4a + 4b + 4c=7a + 7c
Or, 4b = 3a + 3c
Or, b = 3(a + c)/4
4. n/4 = 16
Or, n/2 = 32
5. x2 – y2 = 16
Or, (x + y) (x – y) =16
9. 6n2 + 6n = 6n (n + 1)
6n (n + 1) is divisible by 6
Again, n (n + 1) is always even
So, 6n (n + 1) is an even multiple of 6
So, it can be divided by both 6 and 12
11. Comparing Option (a) & Option (b), 33 X 138 = 4554, 128 X 45 = 5760, so 33/128 < 45/138. Option (a) is smaller.
Comparing Option (a) & Option (c), 33 X 216 = 7128, 128 X 53 = 6784, so 33/128 > 52/216. Option (c) is smaller.
1. If x and y are positive even integers and z is an odd integer, which one of the following statements cannot be
true?
a. (x – z) 𝑦 2 is odd
b. (x – z)2 y is even
c. (x – z) y is even
d. (x – y)2 z is even
e. None of these
2. A club collected exactly Tk. 129 from its members. If each member contributed at least Tk. 13, what is the
greatest number of members the club could have?
a. 8 b. 9 c. 10 d. 11 e. None of these
3. If x/3 + 13 = x /4 + 25, x =?
4. If 6 is subtracted from one-fourth of a number, the result is 24. Which of the following is the number?
5. The 276 members of Metro Chamber of Commerce will vote to choose a president. With 5 candidates seeking
office, what is the least number of votes a successful candidate could receive and yet have more votes than
any other candidate?
a. 55 b. 56 c. 92 d. 138 e. 139
6. The least number which must be added to 6709 to make it exactly divisible by 9 is:
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. None of these
7. If the number 517#324 is completely divisible by 3, then the smallest whole number in the place of # will be:
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. None of these
8. Sabina needs to make a cake and some cookies. The cake requires 3/20 cup of sugar and the cookies require
1/10 cup of sugar. If Sabina has 1/4 cup of sugar then:
9. A gas tank is 1/3rd full and requires 70 gallons more to make it 4/5th full. What is the capacity of the tank?
10. A certain test consists of 7 sections with 15 questions numbered from 1 to 15, in each section. If a student
answered all of the even-numbered questions correctly and 3/4 of the odd numbered questions correctly, what
was the total number of questions he answered correctly?
a. 7 b. 5 c. 8 d. 9 e. None of these.
12. What is the largest integer, n, that satisfies the inequality (𝑛2 + 5n– 93) < (𝑛2 – 12n + 9)?
a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 7 e. None of these
Answer
1. a 2. b 3. a 4. d 5. b
6. d 7. c 8. e 9. d 10. c
11. a 12. b
Solution
1. Option (a) is false because, y2 is even. And if an even number is multiplied to any number, the product is even.
2. 13 x10 =130. If each member paid at least 13 the club has to have less than 10 members. So, the greatest
number of members it can have is 9.
3. x/3 + 13 = x/4 + 25
Or, x/3 – x/4 = 12
Or, (4x – 3x)/12=12
Or, x = 144
7. If a number is to be divisible by 3
The sum total of the digits has to be divisible by 3.
The number refers to as 517#324 where # is a digit in the number
The sum total of the digits = 5 + 1 + 7 + # + 3 + 2 + 4 = 22 + #
The smallest digit as # that makes the number divisible by 3 will be the number that makes the sum of the
digits equal to the smallest multiple of 3 that is greater than 22.
The smallest multiple greater than 22 is 24
So, # = 24 – 22 = 2
The meaning of ‘Percent’ is parts per hundred. It is basically a ratio between two numbers where the second number
is 100. That is, x:y or x/y where y = 100. Whenever we use the term ‘percent’ or the symbol “%” it means 1/100.
For example, 20% = 20 x (1/100) = 20/100 = 1/5
• To calculate what % of a number ‘x’ is another number ‘y’, we multiply (y/x) by 100.
For example: 10 is what % of 50?
Answer: (10/50) x 100 = 20.
For example: If 50 decreases by 20%, the result is (50 – 20 % of 50) = (50 - 10) = 40
We can also say if a number ‘y’ decreases by 20 %, the result is y multiplied by 0.8
For example: If 50 decreases by 20 %, the result is 50 x 0.8 = 40
As, {(50 x 1) – (20/100) x 50} = {(50 x 1) – (0.2 x 50)} = 50 x (1 – 0.2) = 50 x 0.8 = 40
Math in this type can be easily solved by assuming the value of a certain variable or total number of elements to be
100 or a multiple of 100 and compare with the given situation in the question. We can also assume the value of the
variable or total number to be ‘x’ and proceed accordingly.
অর্াৎ,
ণ মযশকাশনা চ শকর মান ১০০ বা ১০০ এর গুণর্তক যশর ণনশয় প্রশে উশেণখ্ত মাশনর সাশর্ ঐণকক ণনয়ম বযবহার কশর প্রকৃত
মানটি মবর করা যায়। আবার চ শকর মান ‘x’ যশরও সহশজই অংকগুশ া করা যায়।
Example: A club sold drama tickets for Tk. 100 each for donating to an orphanage. One member sold 75% of his tickets
and had 80 tickets left. How much money did the member collect?
1. Shahjada sells 60 percent of apples he had and throws away 15 percent of the remainder. Next day he sells
50 percent of the remainder and throws away the rest. What percent of his apples does Shahjada throw away
in total?
a. 17 b. 23 c. 32 d. 34 e. None of these
a. 40 b. 45 c. 50 d. 75 e. None of these
4. The price of a book is 200% of a pen. If the price of the pen increases by 10% and the price of the book
decreases by 10%, what percent of the pen’s original price is the new combined price of the pen and book?
5. Shahriar earns 40% less than Adree. Jawad’s income is 40% of Adree’s income. What % of Shahriar’s income
does Jawad earn?
6. In an election contested by two parties, Party A secured 10% of the total votes more than Party B. If party B
got 3150 votes and there are no invalid votes, by how many votes did it lose the election?
7. A company spends 42% of their budget on advertising, 10% on research, 29% on production and the
remaining Tk. 988000 for salaries. What is the company’s total budget in thousand BDT?
8. In a school, 60% students know how to cycle. Of the cyclists, 75% own a mountain bike. The rest 12 cyclists
own a road bike. How many students don’t know how to cycle?
a. 32 b. 40 c. 42 d. 48 e. None of these
9. Two students appeared at an examination. One of them secured 9 marks more than the other and his marks
was 56% of the sum of their marks. The marks obtained by them are:
10. In a flight, 40% passengers pre-ordered duck, 30% pre-ordered chicken. The rest 24 passengers didn’t pre-
order their dinner. What is the maximum number of duck meals that could be required on that flight?
a. 36 b. 24 c. 32 d. 56 e. Cannot be determined
a. 1 b. 2 c. 5 d. 4 e. None of these
Solutions:
2. Let, T = 100
So, S = 1.5 x 100 = 150
So, T is 100 / (100 + 150) = 100/250 = 0.4 = 40% of S + T
3. Let, x = 100
So, y = 100 x 0.2 = 20
Now, y% of 20 = 20% of 20 = 0.2 x 20 = 4
Again, 4 = 4% of 100 = 4% of x
6. Here Party A secured 10% of the total votes more than B and there were no invalid votes
So, A got 55% of the total votes
And B got 45% of the total votes.
Given, 45% of total votes = 3150
7. The company spends on advertising, research and production, (42 + 10 + 29) = 81% of its total budget
So, it has (100 – 81) = 19% of its remaining budget for salaries
Given, 19% of its budget = 988000 = 988 thousand BDT
So, its total budget = (988/19) x 100 = 5200 thousand BDT
10. Here,
The percent of total passengers who didn’t pre-order their dinner = 100 – (40 +30) = 30%
A/Q, 30% of passengers = 24
So, Total number of passengers = (24/0.3) = 80
So, the number of people who pre-ordered duck = (80 x 0.4) = 32
Now, the people who didn’t pre-order meals can all order duck during flight
So, the maximum number of duck meals that could be required is (24 + 32) = 56
Fractions and Percentage are both interchangeable. The math discussed under this type contain both fractions and
Percentage. It is important to keep the following values in mind:
1/2 = 0.5 = 50% 1/3 = 0.333 = 33.33% 1/4 = 0.25 = 25% 1/5 = 0.20 = 20%
1/6 = 0.166 = 16.67% 1/8 = 0.125 = 12.5% 1/10 = 0.10 = 10% 2/3 = 0.666 = 66.66%
Practice Math:
1. In BBA 27th, 20% of students are below 18 years of age. The number of students above 18 years of age is 2/3
of the number of students of 18 years of age. There are 48 students who are 18 year old. What is the total
number of students in BBA 27th?
2. Aateeya multiplied a number by 3/5 instead of 5/3.What is the % of error in her calculation?
a. 50 b. 60 c. 64 d. 125 e. 166.66
3. Bangladesh Cricket Team has won 19 out of 30 matches it has played in 2018. If there are 25 more matches
to be played in 2019 and Bangladesh wants to win ⅘ of all the matches in the two years, what percent of
remaining matches must Bangladesh win in 2019?
a. 25 b. 50 c. 60 d. 80 e. 100
4. In a box there are red and blue balls. The number of blue balls is twice the number of red balls. If 1/4 of the
blue balls are taken out and 1/2 of the red balls are taken out, what % of the total balls have been removed?
5. Mr. Taijul had two sons and two daughters. He distributed his total wealth in such a way that the total amount
of money received by his sons was half of what his two daughters received together. If both sons received an
equal share of money, what percent of Mr. Taijul’s total wealth did one of the sons get?
a. 25 b. 20 c. 30 d. 16.67 e. 12.5
Answers:
1. b 2. c 3. e 4. d 5. d
Solutions:
1. Here, the number of students who are above 18 years of age = (2/3) of 48 = 32
A/Q, (48 + 32) = 80 students make up 80% of the total students
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 85
So, total students in BBA 27th = 100
এ যরশনর অংশক ণবণভন্ন range উশেখ্ করা র্াশক। মকান range এ কত percent মদয়া আশে তা ভা কশর মখ্য়া রাখ্শত হয়।
Practice Maths:
1. A superstore gives 8% discount on any purchase between 4000-6000 Taka. Any purchase above that, results
in a 12% discount on the entire sum. If a person received a discount of Tk. 900 after a purchase, what was the
value of the purchase?
2. Customers who spend between 2000-5000 Taka in a store get a 10% discount. Anybody spending more gets
a discount of 15%. If a person ends up paying 4675 Taka after discount, what was the original bill?
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 86
a. 4900 b. 4975 c. 5500 d. 5750 e. None of these
3. A company pays a tax of 10% on its first Tk. 100,000 earnings and 12% on all earnings in excess of Tk. 100,000.
How much tax does the company pay if it earns 240,000 Taka?
Answers:
1. d 2. c 3. a
Solutions:
1. Here, the maximum discount a person can get while in the 8% range is (6000 x 0.08) = 480 Taka
Since the person received a discount of 900 Taka, we understand they spent over 6000 Taka.
So, the discount amount is 12% of the purchase amount.
So, the value of the purchase is (900/0.12) = 7500
2. Here, a person purchasing 5000 Taka worth of item, ends up paying (5000 x 0.9) = 4500 Taka
Since, the total bill after discount was 4675 Taka, we can assume the 15% discount was availed.
So, the original bill is (4675/0.85) = 5500 Taka
3. Here, the company pays for the first 100,000 Taka, (100000 x 0.10) = 10000 Taka
And, the company pays for the remaining (240,000 – 100,000) 140000 Taka,
(140000 x 0.12) = 16,800 Taka
So, total tax paid by the company is (10000 + 16800) = 26800 Taka
So, option (a) is the correct answer.
Example:
The price of oil increased by 20% in a month. It again decreased by 20% the next month. What is the net %
change in price of oil?
a. No change
b. 4% increase
c. 4% decrease
d. 2% decrease
e. None of these
Practice Math:
1. A successive increase of 10% and 30% on price of a good results in net change of?
2. The price of a good increased by 20% in January. It decreased by 15% in February. If the price of the item was
250 before the increase in January, what is the change in the price of the item now?
3. A local seller spends ‘M’ Taka behind growing a kg of crop. He sells it to a whole seller at a 10% increased
price. The whole seller then sells it to a retailer for 20% more price than what he paid for it. The retailer then
sells it to a consumer for 50% more price than what he paid for it. What is the selling price of the retailer in
terms of M?
4. Armin buys stationary which has listed price of Tk.6500. She got a 12% discount on the bargain. She had to
pay a 5% tax on the discounted price. What was the amount of tax paid?
5. An item was marked up by 40% in January. A discount of 20% was given on February. The item was again
marked up by 25% in March. If the selling price of that item was Tk.420 after the mark up in March, what was
the selling price of that item after the mark up in January?
6. The rate of income tax in a state is 20%. A person had to pay income tax of Tk. a in 2018. In 2019, he got a
raise of 20%. What is the tax paid by him in 2019 in terms of a?
7. 5% of clothes produced in a garments factory are rejects. If loss per reject item is Tk.40 and a total of Tk. 5000
loss is incurred in a day, what is the total production of the factory that day?
4. b 5. a 6. a 7. a
Solutions:
1. Here, a = 10
And, b = 30
So, net change = 10 + 30 + {(30 x 10)/100} = 43
3. The successive change formula only works for taking two changes at a time. So, we will need to calculate the
net change from first two changes and then apply the same formula taking the initial net change and the last
change.
So, initial net change till the retailer,
10 + 20 + (200/100) = 32
Now, the change till the consumer,
32 + 50 + {(32 x 50)/100} = 98
So, total change from the local seller to the consumer is a 98% increase.
So, the consumer pays (M x 1.98) = 1.98M
• If a number increases by X/Y, then to restore it back to its original value, we need to decrease it by X/(X + Y).
• If a number decreases by X/Y, then to restore it back to its original value, we need to increase it by X/(Y – X).
Example:
If a number decreases by 20%, by how much should we increase it to restore it back to its original value?
Solution:
20% decrease means decrease in a number by 1/5
Here, X = 1 and Y = 5.
So, to restore it back to its original price, we need to increase the number by 1/(5-1) = 1/4
We know, 1/4 = 0.25 = 25%
So, to restore it back to its original price, we need to increase the number by 25%
Practice Math:
1. Oishee’s salary went down from 81,000 Taka to 72,000 Taka as her company faced some loss. By what %
should her salary be increased to restore her original salary?
2. If the price of fish increases by 20%, by how much must a user cut down his consumption so that his
expenditure on petrol remains constant?
3. Jawad has 1 million cows at the beginning of Year 2019. The numbers grow by x% (x > 0) during the year. A
famine hits his village in the next year and many of his cows die. The cow population decreases by y% during
2020 and at the beginning of 2021 Jawad finds that he is left with 1 million cows. Which of the following is
correct?
Answers:
1. d 2. c 3. a
1. In a plane carrying 190 passengers, 20% of the business class passengers and 30% economy passengers
ordered chicken for dinner. If a total of 50 chicken dinners were ordered, how many business class passengers
were there on the flight?
a. 50 b. 60 c. 70 d. 80 e. 100
2. In IBA there are only BBA and MBA students. The number of BBA students is thrice that of MBA students. If
1/5 of the MBA students and 1/10 of the BBA students live in IBA hostel, what % of the total students live in
IBA hostel?
3. A table and chair costs Tk.8000 combined. If the price of the chair went down by 5% and the price of the table
went up by 5%, the combined price becomes Tk. 8150. What was the original price of the chair?
4. If the price of petrol increases by 25% and Boltu intends to spend only an additional 15% on petrol, by how
much % will he reduce the quantity of petrol purchased?
Answers:
1.c 2.a 3.d 4.e
Solutions:
Principal (আসল) : The initial sum of money that is kept in a bank or lent out to others. Interest rate is calculated on
principal.
Interest (সুদ): The additional money paid back to the lender along with the principal is known as interest.
Interest Rate (সুপদর হার): The proportion of a loan that is charged as interest to the borrower, typically expressed as
an annual percentage of the loan outstanding.
Time Period (সিয়): The duration for which the loan is due and the interest is accumulated.
Amount (সুদাসল): The sum total of the Principal and the total interest at the end of the time period. So,
Amount = Principal + Interest
Simple Interest (সরল সুদ): When the interest rate is always based on the initial principal after each time period, it is
called
simple interest. If,
Principal = P
Interest = I
No. of time periods = n
Interest rate = r
Then,
Interest = P X n X r
Amount = P + I
= P + Pnr
= P(1 + nr)
Compound Interest (চক্রবৃদ্ধি সুদ): Compound interest (or compounding interest) is interest calculated on the initial
principal, which also includes all of the accumulated interest of previous periods of a deposit or loan. In compound
interest, the principal amount with interest after the first unit of time becomes the principal for the next unit.
The formula used to calculate standard compound interest (including the principal) is as follows:
A = P (1 + r)n
A is the final amount you repay at the end of the loan.
P is the principal amount you borrow.
r is the annual rate of interest.
n is the number of periods you borrow/invest over.
Example:
An investment earns 10% compounded annually. Find the value of an initial investment of $5,000 after 2 years
Solution:
Here, r = 0.1
N=2
P = 5000
Therefore, Amount = P (1 + r)n
= 5,000 (1 + 0.1)2
= 6,050
So, option (c) is the correct answer.
1. Maksud and Antor kept the same amount of money in two different banks. Maksud’s bank provided him a
simple interest rate of 20% annually. On the other hand, Antor’s bank provided him a compound interest rate
of 20% annually. After 2 years, the difference between their money was 200 Taka. How much money did each
of them keep in the bank initially?
2. Bank C offers 6% interest rate annually and Bank A offers 8% interest rate annually. Sakib keeps a total of
10,000 Taka in the banks and at the end of the year gets 750 Taka as interest. How much money did he keep
in Bank C?
3. A sum of money at simple interest amounts to Taka 815 in 3 years and to Taka 854 in 4 years. The sum is: Tk.
698
4. Nazrul invested a sum of money at 20% interest rate compounded annually. After 2 years, his money grew to
28,800 Taka. How much did he invest originally?
5. A man kept 5000 Taka in the bank that yields him 5% interest annually. He kept X Taka at 12% interest annually.
At the end of the year, he gets 10% interest on the entire sum of money he kept in the bank. How much money
did he invest at 12% interest?
6. Rubaiya kept 1,00,000 Taka in the bank at x% interest rate. At the end of the year she took home 115,000 Taka
after the government deducted 20% from her total amount including interest as tax and then the bank charged
her 5000 Taka for maintenance fees. What is x?
a. 30 b. 50 c. 60 d. 70 e. None of these
7. May took a loan of 1500 with simple interest for as many years as the rate of interest. If she paid 375 as
interest at the end of the loan period, what was the rate of interest?
8. Jawad takes a loan of 3200 Taka from Adree, a usurer. The interest rate charged by Adree is 50% and the
amount is to be paid back within 4 months. If Jawad manages to pay him 1000 Taka per month for the first 3
months, how much does he owe Adree in the last month?
Answers:
Solution:
6. Here,
Rubaiya’s amount before maintenance fees = (115,000 + 5000) = 120,000
Her amount before tax = (120,000 / 0.8) = 150,000
Her principal = 100.000
So, her interest rate, x = (150,000 – 100,000) / 100,000 = 0.5 = 50%
7. Here,
1. When processing flower nectar into honeybees' extract, a considerable amount of water gets reduced. How
much flower nectar must be processed to yield 1kg of honey, if nectar contains 50% water, and the honey
obtained from this nectar contains 15% water?
2. Peter got 30% of the maximum marks in an examination and failed by 10 marks. However, Paul who took the
same examination got 40% of the total marks and got 15 marks more than the passing marks. What was the
passing marks in the examination?
a. 40 b. 50 c. 65 d. 75 e. 85
3. Tamim Iqbal scored 120 runs which included 8 boundaries and 8 sixes. What percent of his total score did he
make by running between the wickets?
4. Salman went to a store and bought items worth Tk. 3200. He paid Tk. 420 as tax. If the tax rate was 15%, what
was the value of the tax free items he purchased?
5. Tahi imports a TV from abroad. He has to pay a shipping fee that costs 20% of the original cost price. In the
customs he has to pay a 25% tax on the original and shipping costs combined. He then sells the TV to his
friend at a 20% profit. If his friend had to pay him a total of 90,000 Taka, what was the original price of the TV?
6. In Palette Town 40% people own cars. 25% people own motorbikes. 105 people own cycles and 140 people
don’t own any vehicles. If the total population of the town is 700, what is the ratio of car owners and people
with no vehicles?
7. Two numbers A and B are such that the sum of 5% of A and 4% of B is two-third of the sum of 6% of A and 8%
of B. Find the ratio of A:B.
8. Tina, Mina, Gina, Lina and Bina are 5 sisters, aged in that order, with Tina being the eldest. Each of them had
to carry a bucket of water from a well to their house. Their buckets' capacities were proportional to their ages.
While returning, equal amount of water got splashed out of their buckets. Who lost maximum amount of water
as a percentage of the bucket capacity?
Answers:
1. b 2. e 3. b 4. e 5. d
6. b 7. a 8. e
2. Here, Difference between Peter and Paul’s marks = (40% - 30%) = 10% of total marks
Again, difference between Peter and Paul’s marks = (10+15) = 25 marks
So, 10% of total marks = 25 marks
So, Peter got, 30% of total marks = (25/0.1) x 0.3 = 75 marks
So, passing bar is (75 + 10) = 85 marks
2. X = a% of b
Y = b% of a; it is true that:
3. The population of Cinnabar Island increased by 10%, 20% and then decreased by 30%. The new population is
what % of the original?
4. Grade A steel has 20% impurities. Grade C steel has 68% impurities. What amount of Grade A steel is required
to extract pure steel equal to the pure steel extracted from 200 kg of Grade C steel?
a. 80 b. 72 c. 64 d. 60 e. None of these
5. Rabbani needed 33% marks to pass in an exam. He scored 125 and yet failed by 40 marks. What was the total
marks in that exam?
6. Mr. Riyad spends 20% of his income for house rent, 10% for utilities and 90% of the remaining for day to day
expenditure. He saves the rest. What % of his total income does he save?
a. 6% b. 7% c. 8% d. 9% e. 10%
7. In a school, 500 books were distributed equally among students in such a way that the number of books
received by each student is 20% of the total number of students. How many books did each student receive?
a. 5 b. 7 c. 10 d. 15 e. None of these
9. Adree’s height is 40% less than that of Ankan. By what % is Ankan taller than Adree?
10. A jar contained 8.4 kilos of sugar. Due to a spill, 21 grams were lost. What % of the sugar was lost?
a. 60 b. 80 c. 90 d. 100 e. 120
12. Arafat's salary is 40% of Bonnie's salary which is 25% of Clint's salary. What percentage of Clint's salary is
Arafat's salary?
a. 10 b. 20 c. 30 d. 40 e. 50
14. A person got a discount of 250 Taka on a product he purchased. If he ended up paying 2500 Taka for the
product, approximately what % did the person save?
15. The price of edible oil goes up from 600 Taka per litre to 750 Taka per litre. Nahian won’t spend more than he
already does behind oil. By how much should he cut down his consumption?
Answers:
1.c 2.c 3.c 4.a 5.d
6. b 7. c 8. c 9. c 10. a
11. e 12. a 13. d 14. b 15. b
Solution:
1. For a range of 1 to 10, the required numbers are 2, 3 and 4 (3 out of 10 numbers)
For a range of 1 to 20, the required numbers are 2, 3, 4, 12, 13 and 14 (6 out of 20 numbers)
In all such ranges, the number count is 30% of total numbers within the range
So, the answer is 30%.
2. Let, a = 20
And, b = 50
Now, X = a% of b = 20% of 50 = 10
Again, Y = b% of a = 50% of 20 = 10
So, X = Y
4. Grade C has 68% impurities. So, it contains (100 – 68) = 32% pure steel
So, from 200 kg of Grade C, we can extract 200 x (1 – 0.68) = 200 x 0.32 = 64 kg pure steel.
Again, Grade A has 20% impurities and contains 80% of pure steel.
Let, 64 kg pure steel be extracted from X kg of Grade A
So, 0.8X = 64
Or, X = 80
6. For rent and utilities Mr. Riyad spends (20 + 10) = 30% of his salary.
So, he has (100 – 30) = 70% left
He spends 90% of remaining on day to day expenditure
So, he spends (70 x 0.9) = 63% of his total salary on day to day expenditure
So, he has left 100 – (30 + 63) = 7% for savings
8. Here, 80 + 0.8X = X
Or, X – 0.8X = 80
Or, 0.2X = 80
So, X = (80 ÷ 0.2) = 400
14. Here, without the discount, the amount to be paid would be (250 + 2500) = 2750
So, the margin of saving here is (250 ÷ 2750) = 0.09 (approx)
So, he saved 9%
1. A shopkeeper offered a 25% discount on items he sells and noticed his revenue increased by 20%. By what %
did his customers increase?
2. The difference of two numbers is 20% of the larger number, if the smaller number is 20, then the larger number
is:
a. 25 b. 30 d. 45 e. 50 e. None of these
3. Maksud sells an item at 25% cheaper than Alam. Antor sells the item at 25% higher price than Alam.
Approximately how much cheaper is Maksud’s item compared to Antor?
4. Pantasia Bakery offers a new promotion of 20% off the original price of cakes, which is Taka 120. Before the
promotion 250 cakes were sold each day. After the promotion, the sale of cakes increases an average of 18%
more per day. How much more or less does Pantasia make each day in cakes sales after the promotion?
a. 1850 less b. 2020 more c. 1750 more d. 1680 less e. None of these
5. A trader’s earning increases by 25% in first year but decreases by 4% in the next and so on. After 5 years his
earning will become Tk. 72,000. What is his present earning?
6. Twenty percent of Komola’s monthly salary is equal to thirty two percent of Nasif’s monthly salary. Tirtha’s
monthly salary is four fifth that of Nasif’s monthly salary. If Tirtha’s annual salary is 384,000 Taka, what is
Komola’s monthly salary?
7. A farmer had 50 kilos of rice. He sold 10 kilos at a 20% profit. He then sold 30 kilos at 30% profit. The rest of
the rice remained unsold. What is his % of profit or loss?
8. A and B started a business with 30% and 70% ownership respectively. They then sold ownership of 25% of
their entire business to C for a sum of 100000 Taka. What is the worth of B’s stakes in the company?
9. 70% students in IBA are male. From the male students, 40% have a cgpa of over 3. From the female students,
50% have a cgpa over 3. What % of students in IBA have a cgpa equal to or below 3?
11. There are 150 questions in a 6 hr exam. Among these questions 50 descriptive questions, which require double
the time than rest of the questions. How many minutes should be spent on descriptive questions?
a. 120 min b. 150 min c. 180 min d. 200 min e. 220 min
12. One-third of the boys and one-half of the girls of a college participated in a sport. If the number of participating
students is 300, out of which 100 are boys. What is the total number of students in the college?
13. 5% of a number is 25% more than another number. The difference between the numbers is 96. Then find the
value of the numbers?
14. The average marks in a finance course is 60. Top 20% of the students averaged 75 in the test and the bottom
20% of the students averaged 30. What was the average marks of the rest of the students?
a. 50 b. 60 c. 65 d. 70 e. Cannot be determined
15. The value of a phone has a 60% annual depreciation rate. If the cost of the phone is Tk.10000 today, what will
be the value of the phone after 3 years?
Answers:
1. e 2. a 3. a 4. d 5. c
6. b 7. a 8. d 9. c 10. c
11. c 12. d 13. a 14. c 15. d
Solutions:
1. Let, the shopkeeper sold each item for 100 Taka to 100 customers
So, his initial revenue was (100 x 100) = 10000 Taka
After discount, his revenue went up by 20% and became, (10000 x 1.2) = 12000 Taka
However, he now sells each item for (100 x 0.75) = 75 Taka
So, his current customer number = (12000 ÷ 0.75) = 160
So, his customers increased by 60%
15. The cost of the phone after a year = 10000 x 0.6 = 6000
The cost of the phone after 2 years = 6000 x 0.6 = 3600
The cost of the phone after 3 years = 3600 x 0.6 = 2160
1. There are 600 footballers in a league. Among them 4% are sponsored by Nike. Of the remaining, 25% are
sponsored by Adidas. How many players are neither sponsored by Nike nor Adidas?
2. Last year Nafis saved 10% of his annual earnings, this year he earned 5% more than last year and he saved 12%
of his annual earnings. The amount saved this year was what percentage of the amount saved last year ?
3. At an examination in which maximum marks are 500. K got 10% less than L, L got 25% more than M and M got
20% less than N. If K got 360 marks what percentage of marks was obtained by N?
a. 80 b. 70 c. 60 d. 50 e. None of these
5. Mukarram bought a movie ticket for 47 Taka. He then sold the ticket to Iftekhar for 141 Taka. What was the %
of markup?
6. Rahim is 33.33% older than Karim. Karim is 20% older than Selim. If Rahim is 16 years old, how old will Selim
be in 6 years?
a. 16 b. 18 c. 22 d. 12 e. None of these
a. 14 b. 30 c. 36 d. 39 e. 42
8. A packet of skittles contains 4 differently colored candies. The number of yellow candies is twice that of green
ones. The number of green candies is thrice the red ones. The number of orange candies is twice that of red
ones. What % of total candies are green?
a. 12 b. 12.5 c. 25 d. 33.33 e. 40
9. John wants to have an interest income of Tk. 3,000 a year at a 8% simple interest. What is his amount after a
year?
10. The cost of a school bag is 40% more than a water bottle. The cost of a pencil box is 1/3 of the bag. If the
difference between the price of the bottle and box is 320 Taka, what is the price of the school bag?
a. 32 b. 25 c. 22 d. 20 e. None of these
12. In Toronto, 10% people follow Basketball. 60% people follow Hockey. The rest of the population don't follow
either. If the difference between people who don’t follow any sports and people who follow hockey is 3600, how
many people follow Basketball?
a. 3600 b. 2500 c. 1200 d. 1500 e. None of these
13. 500 Taka was given as bonus to 20% of the employees in an office. If each of them gets at least 20 Taka bonus,
what is the highest possible number of employees in the office?
14. 30% students in a batch take finance courses. Of the students who don't choose finance, 80% choose
marketing. The remaining 70 students pick HR. How many students pick Marketing?
15. In a school, 80% of the students are male and 60% of the total students play football. If 20% of the girls don't
play football, what % of the boys play football?
16. Reevu's salary increases by 10% per year. If his monthly salary is 20000 Taka. What will be his annual salary
after 2 years?
17. The import duty of an item costing 5000 Taka is between 2% to 6% of the cost price. Which one of the following
can be the price of the item after import duty?
18. In a group of 600 football fans, some support Chelsea and others support Arsenal. 85 fans are wearing jerseys
of the club they support. 10% of Arsenal fans and 20% of Chelsea fans are wearing the jerseys. How many
Chelsea fans are there in the group?
19. If an item costs over 500 Taka, you have to pay a 23% tax on the portion of the cost that exceeds 500 Taka. If
you had to pay 345 Taka as tax for an item, what was the cost of that item?
20. The difference between Simple interest and compound interest compounded annually on a certain sum of
money for 2 years at 8% per annum is Taka. 12.80. Find the principal.
21. Sadia has received 13 A's in 15 courses she has taken at IBA. How many more A's does she need to ensure she
ends up with at least 92% A's in all 40 courses in IBA?
22. The price of vegetables went up by 50%. By how much should the price be reduced to ensure the price of
vegetables go back to its original state?
23. During Ramadan, businessmen increased the price of goods by 20%. The government then forced them to
decrease prices by 20%. If a good used to cost 300 Taka before Ramadan, how much does it cost now?
Answers:
1. b 2. d 3. a 4. b 5. b
6. a 7. c 8. c 9. e 10. d
11. b 12. c 13. a 14. b 15. c
16. c 17. b 18. b 19. c 20. c
21. d 22. d 23. b
6. Here, Rahim is 33.33% older than Karim. We know, 33.33% means 1/3. We can say Rahim’s age is 4/3 of
Karim’s age.
So, 16 = 4/3 of Karim’s age
Or, Karim’s age = (16 x 3) / 4 = 12
Again. Karim is 20% older than Selim.
So, Selim’s age = (12 ÷ 1.20) = 10
So, in 6 years, Selim will be (10 + 6) = 16
16. Here Reevu’s monthly salary after 1 year = (20000 x 1.1) = 22,000
His monthly salary after 2 years = (22000 x 1.1) = 24,200
So, his annual salary = (24200 x 12) = 290,400
17. Here, the range of acceptable price with import duty is between (5000 x 1.02) = 5100 and (5000 x 1.06) = 5300
So, the acceptable answer is 5290
23. Price of the good after 20% increase = (300 x 1.2) = 360
Again, price of the good after 20% decrease = (360 x 0.80) = 288
Cost Price (ক্রয় িূলয): The price, which is paid by the seller to acquire the product, is called cost price.
Selling Price (মবক্রয় িূলয): The price which is paid by the customer to the seller.
Marked Price (MP): The price, which is listed or marked on the product, is also known as quotation price/printed
price/catalogue price/invoice price. This term is generally used to denote initial selling price which is subject to
change.
Profit: If selling price is greater than Cost price, then (SP – CP) is called Gain or Profit.
Loss: If selling price is less than Cost price, then (CP – SP) is called Loss.
Markup (িূলযবৃদ্ধি): Markup is the ratio between the selling price of a good and its cost price. It is used to show by how
much a seller increases the CP to gain a profitable SP.
For example: If the CP of a good is 50 Taka and markup is 20%, the selling price of the good is then (50 + 20% of 50) =
(50 + 10) = 60.
Markup can be applied on SP as well.
For example: The good which has a SP of 60 Taka can have a further mark up of 20% and the new SP becomes (60 +
20% of 60) = (60 + 12) = 72.
Practice Math:
1. Shahriar buys a television for Tk. 24000. He wants to make a 40% profit on selling it. What should be his
selling price?
2. Rafid sold his iphone which he bought for Tk.70000 at a loss of 10%. If he wants to sell the phone at 15% profit,
by how much more will he have to sell the phone than his actual selling price?
3. Nawal bought an umbrella originally priced at Tk. 300 at a 10% discount. She then sold the umbrella to Nafi at
a 5% profit. How much did Nafi buy the umbrella for?
4. Navid sold a painting for Taka 360 and made a 20% loss. What would be his selling price be if he were to sell
the painting at 30% profit?
Answers:
1. c 2. c 3. a 4. d
Solution:
1. Here,
Cost Price = Tk. 24000
Profit Margin = 40%
So, Selling Price = 24000 + 0.40(24000) = 33600
1. A farmer sold a truck full of grains at a 20% profit to a wholesaler. The wholesaler sold the grains to a retailer
at a 33.33% profit. The retailer sold the grains at a 15% loss to a consumer. If the consumer bought the grains
for Tk. 3400, what was the cost price for the farmer?
2. Joy, a craftsman sells his handmade vases for 10% profit. Big companies buy the vases from him and sell
them at their outlets at Tk. 660 to make 200% profit on them. How much money would a customer save if he
bought a vase directly from Joy instead of the outlets?
3. Adnan sold a watch to Hossain at a 20% loss. Hossain sold the same watch to Tushar at 20% loss. What % of
the original cost price did Tushar purchase the watch for?
Answers:
1. b 2. c 3. b
Solution:
1. 5% of the total items a wholesaler purchases turn out to be defects and 15% of the total items perish in his
warehouse. How much profit does he need to make from selling the rest to ensure an overall profit of 20%?
2. Upon selling a good for Taka 720, a trader makes a profit of 20%. If he decides to make a profit of 12% by
offering a discount, what should be the difference between the old selling price and the new selling price?
a. 42 b. 48 c. 50 d. 64 e. None of these
3. A restaurant sells a burger for Taka 240. During a promotional offer, they give a discount of 15%. They still
make a profit of 20% during that offer. What is their usual profit margin in taka per burger?
4. Maksud usually makes 25% profit on items he sells. He gave a discount of 16% during a sale. What was his
profit margin?
a. 2% b. 4.5% c. 5% d. 8% e. 10%
5. Even after reducing the marked price of a bag by Taka 32, a shopkeeper makes a profit of 15%. If the cost price
be Taka 320, what percentage of profit would he have made if he had sold the bag at the marked price?
a. 50 b. 30 c. 25 d. 75 e. 80
6. Ankan got 30% concession on the labeled price of a cricket bat and sold it for Tk. 8750 with 25% profit on the
price he bought. What was the labeled price?
Answers:
1. e 2. b 3. d 4. c 5. c 6. a
Solution:
3. Usual SP = 240
At 15% discount, SP = (240 x 0.85) = 204
Given, when SP is 204, they still make a profit of 20%
So, CP = (204 ÷ 1.2) = 170
So, usual profit per burger = (240-170) = Tk. 70
4. Let, CP = 100
So, usual SP = (100 x 1.25) = 125
After 16% discount, SP = 125 – (125 x 0.16) = 125 – 20 = 105
So, new profit margin = (105-100) = 5%
5. CP = 320
At 15% profit SP = (320 x 1.15) = 368
So, before reduction the SP was (368 + 32) = 400
Now profit at marked price = (400 – 320) = 80
So, Profit rate = (80/320) = 0.25 = 25%
1. Jawad buys equal number of two types of chocolates at the rate of Tk. 1/9 and 1/11 respectively. If Jawad
now sells them at the rate of Tk. 1/10 what will be his profit/ loss?
2. If the cost price of 20 articles is equal to the selling price of 16 articles, what is the percentage of profit that
the merchant makes?
3. Shabab spends equal amount of money purchasing sweet and sour candies at 1/5 per taka and 1/6 per taka
respectively. He then sells all the candies at 1/6 per taka. What is his profit margin?
4. A tailor buys clothes at the rate of 5 Taka/ft and sells them at 17 Taka per yard. What is his profit rate?
5. A man buys bananas at the rate of x Taka per dozen. He then sells them at 1.5x Taka per 10 bananas. What is
his profit rate?
a. 20 b. 40 c. 80 d. 60 e. None of these
6. Nowshin buys eggs at 350 Taka per 100 and sells at Tk. 60 per dozen. If her total profit on a day is Tk. 120,
how many eggs did she sell that day?
a. 20 b. 40 c. 80 d. 60 e. None of these
Answers:
1. d 2. c 3. a 4. b 5. c 6. c
Solution:
1. We find the LCM of the denominators given in the question i.e. 9 and 11.
The LCM = 99.
We assume, 99 candies of each type are bought.
So, total cost of candies = 99 x (1/9) + 99 x (1/11) = 11 + 9 = 20 Taka
Now, total SP = (99 + 99) x (1/10) = 198 x (1/10) = 19.8
So, loss = 0.2/20 = 0.01 = 1%
3. We assume, Shabab spends 30 Taka buying sweet candies and 30 Taka buying sour candies.
So, he bought (30 x 1/5) = 5 sweet candies
And, (30 x 1/6) = 6 sour candies
Now he sold all the candies at 1/6 per taka.
So, he sold all his candies for (5 + 6) ÷ (1/6) = 11 ÷ (1/6) = 66
Now, his CP = (30 + 30) = 60 and SP = 66
So, profit rate = (66 – 60)/60 = 6/60 = 0.10 = 10%
[30 is the LCM of the denominators of 1/5 and 1/6. Assuming Shabab spent 30 Taka on each kind of candy
ensured we get an integer total value for both kind of candies.]
4. 1 yard = 3 feet
So, tailor’s CP per yard = (5 x 3) = 15
His SP = 17
So profit rate = (2/15) = 0.1333 = 13.33%
5. Let x = 100
The man buys 12 bananas for 100 Taka
And, the man sells 10 bananas for (1.5 x 100) = 150 Taka
So, the man sells 12 bananas for (150÷10) x 12 = 180 Taka (Unitary method)
So, Profit = (180 – 100) = 80%
1. Rafsan manages a profit of 20% even after offering a discount of 16% on the selling price. What was his
approximate original profit margin?
2. Nony bought a gaming console and sold it at a 20% loss. If he had bought the console for 90 Taka less and
sold it for 75 Taka more, he could have made a profit of 50%. What was the cost price of the console?
3. A book was sold at a 5% profit. If the selling price was increased 20%, then the profit would be Taka 156. What
is the cost price of the book?
4. A man sold a bag for 288 Taka and incurred a loss of 20%. How much less should the cost price have been to
ensure the man would make 20% profit upon selling the item at the same price?
Answers:
1. b 2. b 3. a 4. b
Solution:
In this type, we have to deal with multiple variables. There can be multiple products being sold at different levels of
profit and loss. There can be change in profit/loss due to increase and decrease in sales.
1. An iphone and an android costs the same to make. However, selling an iphone yields 300% profit and selling
an android yields a 60% profit. A manufacturer sells 12 iphones and x androids and finds the total profit
collected from androids and iphones to be the same. What is x?
2. Maksud bought 2 laptops for 80000 Taka. He sold one at 20% profit and one at 33.33% loss. At the end he
found he made no profit or loss. What was the selling price of the laptop he sold at a loss?
3. A car dealer sold a car for 12% profit. He sold the same model the next day for an 8% loss. What is his total
margin of profit/loss?
4. Sabbir bought a table for 6000 Taka and a chair for 2000 Taka. He sold the table at a 20% profit and the chair
at a 40% profit. What was his total profit on investment?
5. Prottay used to make 50% profit on the goods he sells. He gave a 20% discount and as a result, his sales went
up by 40%. His new profit is what % of his old profit?
6. A company increased the price of their product by 20% and sales fell by 10%. The change in revenue here is?
7. A store gave a discount of 20% on clothes and found out their revenue has not changed. By how much did
their sales increase?
Answers:
1. b 2. a 3. d 4. d
5. d 6. d 7. e
Solution:
5. Let’s assume, Prottay used to sell 100 items and his cost price per item be 100 Taka.
At 50% profit, his initial selling price = (100 x 1.5) = 150
His initial profit per item = 50
So, his initial total profit = (50 x 100) = 5000
At 20% discount, selling price = (150 x 0.80) = 120
Discounted profit per item = 20
Increased sales after discount = (100 x 1.40) = 140
So, new total profit = (20 x 140) = 2800
So, the required % = (2800/5000) = 0.56 = 56%
1. Rabbani offers a discount of 40% on the marked price of his goods and thus ends up selling at cost price, what
was the % mark up?
2. Shuhrat offers a discount of 30% on the selling price, then she makes a loss of 16%. What % profit or % loss
will she make if she sells at a discount of 10% of the initial selling price?
3. A merchant marks his goods up by 60% and then offers a discount on the marked price. If the final selling price
after the discount results in the merchant making no profit or loss, what was the percentage discount offered
by the merchant?
4. A merchant marks his goods in such a way that the profit on sale of 50 articles is equal to the selling price of
25 articles. What is his profit margin?
5. Candies are bought at the rate of 30 for a dollar, how many candies must be sold for a dollar, so as to gain
20%?
a. 28 b. 25 c. 20 d. 18 e. 15
6. Ramesh sells an item at Tk. 120 to make a 20% loss. Suresh sells the same item at Tk. 120 to make a 50%
profit. What is the difference between their cost prices?
7. A trader buys goods at a 20% discount on the label price at a wholesale market. If he wants to make a profit
of 20% after allowing a discount of 20% on his own marked price, by what % should his own marked price be
greater than the original label price?
8. Shamonty sold a pen for Taka 56 which cost her Taka X. If she had gained X% on her outlay, what was her
cost?
a. 30 b. 32 c. 40 d. 42 e. None of these
9. A person buys a pen from a wholesaler at Taka 10 for 20 pens. He sells those pens at Taka 10 for 15 pens.
Find his profit or loss percent.
a. 10 b. 25 c. 33.33 d. 66.66 e. 70
10. If the cost price of an article is 66.66% of the selling price, what is the profit percent?
Solution:
1. Let, the initial selling price = 100
So, at a 40% discount, final selling price = 60
AQ, the cost price would also be = 60
So, the initial markup = (100 – 60) / 60 = 40/60 = 0.666
So, the % of markup was, 66.66%
3. Let, CP = 100
So, after 60% mark up, SP = 160
A/Q, The final SP = 100
So, the merchant decreased the SP by 60 Taka.
In terms of percentage, the decrease equals (60 ÷ 160) = 0.375
So, the % of discount to be offered = 37.5%
8. A/Q, X + [(X/100)*X] = 56
Or, X (1 + X/100) = 56
Or, 100X + X2 = 5600
Or, X2 + 100X – 5600 = 0
Through middle term breaking, we find,
X = 40 or, X = -140
Since X can’t have a negative value,
X = 40
1. A man bought two watches at the same price, and sold one at 10 % profit and other at 15 % loss. Find his
overall gain or loss percent.
a. 1.5% gain b. 1.5% loss c. 2.5% gain d. 2.5% loss e. None of these
2. A dealer wants to mark the price of an article such that on offering a 5 % discount, he is able to get 33 % profit.
Find the percent of CP above which the article should be marked.
3. While selling of 10 pens, a person incurred loss equal to cost price of 3 pens. Find the loss percent.
4. Jawad sold a book at a loss of 20%. If he sold that book for Tk. 12 more, he would have gained 10%. Find the
cost price of that book.
a. 28 b. 36 c. 40 d. 48 e. 60
5. If an article is sold for TK.178 at a loss of 11%, what should be its selling price in order to earn a profit of 11%?
6. Anika had a piece of land that cost her 1.5 lakh taka. She sold it to Tahiya at a 5% profit. Tahiya then sold the
land back to Anika at a 2% loss. In the entire transaction, Anika gained:
7. By selling an article at 80% of its marked price, Meera makes a loss of 12%. What will be the percent profit or
loss made by the Meera if she sells the article at 95% of its marked price?
8. Even after reducing the marked price of pen by Tk. 32, a shopkeeper makes a profit 15%. If the cost price be
Tk. 320, what percentage of profit does he make if he sells the pen at the marked price?
9. An item was sold at a 20% loss. If the item were sold at 80 Taka more, there would be a 20% profit. What is the
cost price of the item?
10. Ayon makes a loss of 5% by selling an item at 1900 Taka. What should his selling price be to make a profit of
12%?
Answers:
1. d 2. b 3. b 4. c 5. c
6. a 7. a 8. e 9. b 10. e
2. Let, CP = 100
At, 33% profit, SP = 133
If, 133 is SP after a 5% discount, the initial SP before 5% discount is, (133÷ 0.95) = 140
So, the required mark up here is 40%
3. 10 SP = 10CP – 3CP
10 SP = 7 CP
SP / CP = 7/10
Loss % = (3/ 10) x 100 = 300 / 10 = 30%
5. Let, CP = X
At 11% loss, SP = 0.89X
A/Q, 0.89X = 178
So, X = (178 ÷ 0.89) = 200
So, at 11% profit, SP = (200 x 1.11) = 222
8. Here, CP = 320
So, at 15% profit, SP = (320 x 1.15) = 368
A/Q, SP is 368 after a discount of 32.
So, the original SP is 400
So, profit margin when SP is 400 is, (400 – 320) = 80 Taka
So, in %, it is (80 ÷ 320) = 25%
9. Let, CP = X
At, 20% loss, SP = 0.8X
Again, at 20% profit, SP = 1.2X
A/Q, 1.2X – 0.8X = 80
Or, 0.4X = 80
So, X = 200
Average (গড়) is a calculated “central” value of a set of numbers. To calculate it, we add up all the numbers, then divide
the value by how many numbers are there.
𝑺𝒖𝒎 𝒐𝒇 𝒐𝒃𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒔
𝑨𝒗𝒆𝒓𝒂𝒈𝒆 =
𝑵𝒖𝒎𝒃𝒆𝒓 𝒐𝒇 𝒐𝒃𝒔𝒆𝒓𝒗𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏𝒔
Note:
a) The average is always calculated for a set of numbers.
b) The average always lies above the lowest number of the set and below the highest number of the set.
c) The net deficit due to the numbers below the average equals the net surplus due to the numbers above the
average.
d) If the average of some numbers is A, and if all the numbers is multiplied by N, then the new average equals to
(A × N).
e) If the average of some numbers is A, and if all these numbers are divided by N, then the new average equals
to A/N.
f) If the average of some numbers is A, and if N is added to each number, then the new average is (A + N).
g) If the average of some numbers is A, and if N is subtracted from each number, then the new average
is (A – N).
Example:
A family consists of two grandparents, two parents and three grandchildren. The average age of the grandparents is
67 years, that of the parents is 35 years and that of the grandchildren is 6 years. What is the average age of the family?
Explanation:
The total age of grandparents is 67 × 2 = 134,
The total age of parents is 35 × 2 = 70,
The total age of children is 6 × 3 = 18
Total age is 134 + 70 + 18 = 222
Average age is 222/7 = 31.71
Practice Math:
1. In the first 10 overs of a cricket game, the run rate was only 3.2. What should be the run rate in the remaining
40 overs to reach the target of 282 runs?
2. A grocer has a sale of TK. 6435, TK. 6927, TK. 6855, TK. 7230 and TK. 6562 for 5 consecutive months. How
much sale must he have in the sixth month so that he gets an average sale of TK. 6500?
a. TK. 4991 b. TK. 5991 c. TK. 6001 d. TK. 6991 e. None of these
3. The average of 20 numbers is zero. Of them, at the most, how many may be greater than zero?
a. 0 b. 1 c. 10 d. 19 e. None of these
a. TK. 3500 b. TK. 4000 c. TK. 4050 d. TK. 5000 e. None of these
5. The average age of husband, wife and their child 3 years ago was 27 years and that of wife and the child 5
years ago was 20 years. The present age of the husband is:
6. The average weight of A, B and C is 45 kg. If the average weight of A and B be 40 kg and that of B and C be 43
kg, then the weight of B is:
a. 17 kg b. 20 kg c. 26 kg d. 31 kg e. None of these
7. The average weight of 16 boys in a class is 50.25 kg and that of the remaining 8 boys is 45.15 kg. Find the
average weights of all the boys in the class.
8. A library has an average of 510 visitors on Sundays and 240 on other days. The average number of visitors per
day in a month of 30 days beginning with a Sunday is:
9. If the average marks of three batches of 55, 60 and 45 students respectively is 50, 55, 60, then the average
marks of all the students is:
a. 53.33 b. 54.68 c. 55 d. 56 e. 58
11. Find the average of all the numbers between 6 and 34 which are divisible by 5
a. 18 b. 20 c. 24 d. 30 e. 36
12. The average of 2, 7, 6 and x is 5 and the average of 18, 1, 6, x and y is 10. What is the value of y?
a. 5 b. 10 c. 20 d. 3 e. 6
13. In seven given numbers, the average of first four numbers is 4 and that of the last four numbers is
also 4. If the average of these seven numbers is 3, the fourth number is
a. 3 b. 4 c. 7 d. 11 e. None of these
14. The average wages of a worker during a fortnight comprising 15 consecutive working days was TK.90 per day.
During the first 7 days, his average wages was TK.87 per day and the average wages during the last 7 days
was TK.92 per day. What was his wage on the 8th day?
15. The average of 5 quantities is 6. The average of 3 of them is 8. What is the average of the remaining two
numbers?
Answers:
1. a 2. a 3. d 4. b 5. b
6. d 7. c 8. d 9. b
10. a 11. b 12. c 13. d 14. d
15. c
Solution:
2. To get average sale of TK. 6500 in 6 months he must get a total of TK. (6 × 6500) = 39000
In 5 months he got 6435 + 6927 + 6855 + 7230 + 6562 = 34009
He needs to get 39000 – 34009 = 4991 in the sixth month.
3. Average of 20 numbers = 0.
Sum of 20 numbers (0 x 20) = 0.
It is quite possible that 19 of these numbers may be positive and if their sum is a positive number, then 20th
number is negative.
5. Sum of the present ages of husband, wife and child = (27 x 3 + 3 x 3) years = 90 years.
Sum of the present ages of wife and child = (20 x 2 + 5 x 2) years = 50 years.
Husband's present age = (90 – 50) years = 40 years.
11. Numbers that are divisible by 5 are 10, 15, 20, 25, 30
Sum = 100 and average = 100/5 = 20
13. Let the sum of first 3 and last three numbers are a and b and the 4th number is x
(a + x + b)/7 = 3 or, a + x + b = 21…(i)
(a + x)/4 = 4 or, a + x = 16…(ii)
(b + x)/4 = 4 or, b + x = 16…(iii)
Adding (i) and (ii), a + b + 2x = 32…(iv)
Subtracting (i) from (iv), x = 11
14. Let the sum of first 7 and last 7 days’ wages are a and b and the 8th day’s wage is x
Now, (a + x + b)/15 = 90 or, a + x + b = 1350…(i)
a/7 = 87 or, a = 609
b/7 = 92 or, b = 644
x = 1350 – 609 – 644 = 97
Inclusion of an element:
একঠি set এ নেু ন ককাশনা element এর আগমন হশল, average ও কস অনুযােী পদরবদেণে হশে যাে।
Suppose, the average (Age/Weight) of N persons is A.
If a new person having age/weight ‘P’ is included in this group, then its new average becomes M.
The Age or Weight of included person= No. of persons previously in the group × (Increase in average) + New Average
i.e. P = N × (M – A) + M
Exclusion of an element:
একঠি set এ ককাশনা element মবর হশয় মগশ , average ও কস অনুযােী পদরবদেণে হশে যাে।
Suppose, the average (Age/Weight) of N persons is A. If an existing person having age/weight ‘P’ is excluded from this
group, then its new average becomes M.
The Age or Weight of excluded person = No. of persons previously in the group × (Decrease in average) + New Average
I.e. P = N × (A – M) + M
Example:
The average weight of 29 students is 28 kg. By the admission of a new student, the average weight is reduced to 27.8
kg. The weight of the new student is
Explanation:
The total weight of 29 students = 29 × 28
The total weight of 30 students = 30 × 27.8
Weight of the new student = (30 × 27.8 – 29 × 28)
= 834 – 812
= 22
Practice Math:
1. The captain of a cricket team of 11 members is 26 years old and the wicket keeper is 3 years older. If the ages
of these two are excluded, the average age of the remaining players is one year less than the average age of
the whole team. What is the average age of the team?
2. Nine persons went to a hotel for taking their meals. Eight of them spent TK. 12 each on their meals and
the ninth spent TK.8 more than the average expenditure of all the nine. What was the total money spent
by them?
3. The average mark of a class of twenty students is 64. If three students whose marks are 32, 28 and
34 are removed , then find the approximate average mark of the remaining students of the class.
a. 71 b. 74 c. 57 d. 75 e. 69.7
4. The average age of 40 students is 8 years. If the age of teacher is also included , then their average age
increases by half a year. What is the age of the teacher?
a. 24 b. 26 c. 23 d. 22 e. 27
6. When a student weighing 45 kgs left a class, the average weight of the remaining 59 students increased by
200g. What is the average weight of the remaining 59 students?
7. Rufaida had a CGPA of 3.6 on her first four semesters. After the fifth semester, her CGPA dropped to 3.2. What
was her GPA in the fifth semester?
8. The average of five numbers is 35. After one of the numbers is removed, the average of the remaining numbers
is 43. What number has been removed?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 5 d. 7 e. None of these
Answers:
1. a 2. a 3. e 4. c 5. a
6. a 7. d 8. b
Solution:
Example:
The average of a set of 8 numbers which includes 30 is N. If 30 is replaced by 34, what is the average of the new set
of numbers in terms of N?
Explanation:
Here, I = 34, n = 8 ,O = 30
x=?
So,
34 = 8x + 30
So, x = ½
So, the new average is ‘ N + ½ ‘
Practice Math:
1. The average weight of 8 person's increases by 2.5 kg when a new person comes in place of one of them
weighing 65 kg. What might be the weight of the new person?
a. 76 kg
b. 76.5 kg
c. 85 kg
d. None of these
e. Data Insufficient
2. A pupil's marks were wrongly entered as 83 instead of 63. Due to that the average marks for the class got
increased by half (1/2). The number of pupils in the class is:
a. 10 b. 20 c. 40 d. 73 e. 80
3. The average age of a committee of 8 members is 40 years. A member aged 55 years retired and his
place was taken by another member aged 39 years . The average age of present committee is;
4. Eight persons participated in a shooting competition. The top score in the competition is 85 points. Had the
top score been 92 points instead of 85 points, the average score would have been 84. Find the number
of points actually scored in the competition.
Solution:
In this type of problems, you will be asked to find the average of consecutive numbers, consecutive odd numbers,
consecutive even numbers etc. The formulas are important for solving this type of problems.
𝑛+1
1. Average of first n natural numbers =
2
2. Average of first n even numbers = (n + 1)
3. Average of first n odd numbers = n
𝐹𝑖𝑟𝑠𝑡 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟+𝐿𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑁𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟
4. Average of consecutive numbers =
2
𝐿𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑜𝑑𝑑 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟+1
5. Average of 1 to n odd numbers =
2
𝐿𝑎𝑠𝑡 𝑒𝑣𝑒𝑛 𝑛𝑢𝑚𝑏𝑒𝑟+1
6. Average of 1 to n even numbers=
2
(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
7. Average of sum of square of first n natural numbers =
6
2(𝑛+1)(2𝑛+1)
8. Average of sum of square of first “n” even numbers =
3
4𝑛2 −1
9. Average of sum of square of first “n” odd numbers =
3
𝑛(𝑛+1)2
10. Average of cubes of first ”n” natural numbers =
4
11. Average of cubes of first “n” even natural numbers = 2n (n +1) 2
12. Average of cubes of first “n” odd natural numbers = n (2n2 – 1)
𝑚(𝑛+1)
13. Average of first “n“ multiple of ”m” =
2
14. If average of “n1” observations is “A1“, and average of “n2” observations is “A2“, then
(𝑛1 𝐴1 −𝑛2 𝐴2 )
Average of (n1 – n2) observations is .
𝑛1 −𝑛2
Example:
BMS University had 100 students aged 22 years on an average. At the end of the year, 20 students aged 22 years left
and 25 students aged 18 years on an average joined the university. What is the approx. average age of the present
students of the university?
Explanation:
Total age of all the students = 100 × 22 = 2200
After replacing, the total age becomes, 2200 - (20 × 22) + (25 × 18) = 2210
And total number of students is 100 – 20 + 25 = 105
Average = 2210/105 = 21.0476
a. 20 b. 22 c. 23 d. 24 e. None of these
3. If the average of 5 consecutive odd integers is 25, what is the average of the last two integers?
a. 26 b. 27 c. 28 d. 30 e. None of these
a. An odd number
b. Divisible by 4
c. An even number
d. Both (b) & (c)
e. Either (b) or (c)
Answers:
1. c 2. b 3. c 4. c
Solution:
1. Let the largest number is x
Example:
In Arun's opinion, his weight is greater than 65 kg but less than 72 kg. His brother does not agree with Arun and he
thinks that Arun's weight is greater than 60 kg but less than 70 kg. His mother's view is that his weight cannot be
greater than 68 kg. If all are them are correct in their estimation, what is the average of different probable weights of
Arun?
Explanation:
Let Arun's weight by X kg.
According to Arun, 65 < X < 72
According to Arun's brother, 60 < X < 70.
According to Arun's mother, X <= 68
The values satisfying all the above conditions are 66, 67 and 68.
Required average = 66 + 67 + 68 = 201/3 = 67 kg.
Practice Math:
1. The average weight of 4 men is 67 kg. None of them weight less than 65 kg. What is the maximum possible
weight (in kg) of a person in that group?
a. 73 b. 72 c. 71 d. 70 e. None of these
2. 5 candidates appeared in an exam. The highest mark was 45 and the lowest was 25. If no 2 candidates got
the same marks in the exam, what is the best range to describe the average marks scored in the exam?
a. 25 < X < 45 b. 28 < X < 42 c. 30 < X < 40 d. 32 < X < 38 e. None of these
3. The average number of daily customers in 10 outlets of a chain store is 600. If the lowest numbers of
customers an outlet can have in a day is 50, what is the maximum possible number of customers an outlet
can have in a day?
Answers:
1. a 2. c 3. c
Solution:
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 151
1. If 3 men weigh 65 then the deviation from average in total is (67 – 65) × 3 = 6
Which can be added to the fourth man = 67 + 6 = 73
2. Here, the highest possible tally of numbers can be 45,44,43,42 and 25.
So the highest possible average is (45+44+43+42+25)/5 = 199/5 = 39.8
Again, the lowest possible tally of numbers can be 45, 25, 26, 27, 28.
So, the lowest possible average is (45+25+26+27+28)/5 = 151/5 = 30.2
Mean(গড়):
The mean is found by adding the numbers in a data set and dividing by how many numbers there are. The formula for
mean is as follows:
(∑ 𝒙)
̅=
𝒙
𝑵
Median(মধ্যমা):
The median is the middle number in a data set when the numbers are listed in either ascending or descending order.
If the total number of numbers(n) is an odd number, then the formula is given below:
𝒏 + 𝟏 𝒕𝒉
𝑴𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒏 = ( ) 𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒎
𝟐
If the total number of the numbers(n) is an even number, then the formula is given below:
𝒏 𝒕𝒉 𝒏 𝒕𝒉
( ) 𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒎 + ( + 𝟏) 𝒕𝒆𝒓𝒎
𝑴𝒆𝒅𝒊𝒂𝒏 = 𝟐 𝟐
𝟐
Mode(প্রচুরক):
The mode is the value that occurs the most often in a data set.
𝑇ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑑𝑒 𝑖𝑠 𝑡ℎ𝑒 𝑚𝑜𝑠𝑡 𝑓𝑟𝑒𝑞𝑢𝑒𝑛𝑡𝑙𝑦 𝑜𝑐𝑐𝑢𝑟𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝑠𝑐𝑜𝑟𝑒 𝑜𝑟 𝑣𝑎𝑙𝑢𝑒
Example:
Mukarram works 20 days a month. He is paid x Takas per hour for the 8 hours he works in a day. He is paid y Takas
per hour for any overtime. If he works 12 hours a day once every week, then what is his average hourly wage for a
month?
a. 8(y + 20x) b.10(y + 16x) c.16(y + 10x) d. 4(3y + 7x) e. None of these
Explanation:
He is paid a total of 8 × 20 × x = 160x for the work hour
He is paid a total of 4 × 4 × y = 16y for the overtime
Total number of hours = 20 × 8 + 4 × 4 = 176
Total wage = 16(y + 10x)
Average payment per hour = (128x + 16y)/176 = (10x + y)/11
Practice Math:
1. If m is the average of the first 10 positive multiples of 5 and if M is the median of the first 10 positive multiple
of 5, what is the value of M-m?
a. –5 b. 0 c. 5 d. 25 e. None of these
2. The number of students in the three sections of a class are in the ratio 2:3:4. The average marks
scored in each of these sections is in the ratio 4:3:1. By what percent is the average mark of the
second section more than the class average?
Answers:
1. b 2. b 3. d 4. b
Solution:
1. The first 10 positive multiples of 5 are, 5,10,15,20,25,30,35,40,45,50.
Mean = (5+50)/2 = 27.5
Median = (25+30)/2 = 27.5
M–m=0
4. A + C = 5B…(I)
D = 2B… (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii),
A + C + D = 7B
Or, A + B + C + D = 8B
Or, (A + B + C + D)/4 = 2B
2. 6 friends decide to invest a total of Tk. x in a business with equal shares. However, 2 of them pull out and the
rest of them pay the entire amount. How much more did each of them have to pay now?
3. The average of 5 numbers is 40. If 3 more numbers, with an average of 31, are added to these numbers, what
will be the average of the combined 8 numbers?
4. Mushfiqur Rahim averaged 70 in his first m number of matches. After n more matches, he had an overall
average of 75. In terms of m and n, his average for the last n matches was?
a. (5m + 75)/n
b. (5m/n) + 75
c. (5n/ m) + 75
d. (70m + 75n) / (m + n)
e. None of these
5. In a group of 4 people, the heights of the group members are 5 feet 6 inches, 5 feet 7 inches, 5 feet 8 inches,
and 5 feet 11 inches. The average height of the group members is:
a. 5 feet 6 inches
b. 5 feet 7 inches
c. 5 feet 8 inches
d. 5 feet 9 inches
e. None of these
6. The average of four numbers is 7 and the average of five numbers including the previous four numbers is 10.
What is twice the fifth number?
a. 22 b. 24 c. 32 d. 44 e. None of these
a. x2 b. x2 + 2 c. x2 + 4 d. x2 + 2x e. None of these
8. The average of the three numbers is a. If one of the numbers is b and another is c, what is the remaining
number?
a. bc – a b. a – 3bc c. a/3 – (b + c) d. 3a – b – c e. a – (b + c)
a. 14 b. 15 c. 16 d. 17 e. 18
a. 44 b. 45 c. 46 d. 47 e. None of these
Answers:
1. e 2. b 3. e 4. b 5. c
6. d 7. c 8. d 9. c 10. e
Solution:
6. Sum of 4 numbers = 7 × 4 = 28
Sum of 5 numbers = 10 × 5 = 50
5th number = 50 – 28 = 22
Twice of 5th number = 44
7. Sum = x2 + 4x + 4 + x2 – 4x + 4 = 2x2 + 8
Average = x2 + 4
9. 20 + x + y = 12 × 4 = 48 or, x + y = 28
(x + y + 7 – 3) /2 = (28 + 4)/2 = 16
10. The sum of 3, 13, 23, 33, 43, 53, 63, 73, 83, 93 is = 480
Average = 480/10 = 48
If we look at the numbers that end in 3, we get an arithmetic sequence of; 3, 13, 23, 33, 43……, 93. The average
of an arithmetic sequence = (a+l)/2, Where a = the first term, l = the last term.
3+93
So, the required answer is = 48
2
If the ages of one or more persons are given, an equation is to be formed with the given information. For example, “A
man is 24 years older than his son. In two years, his age will be twice the age of his son. What is the present age of
the son?”
Now all the information is relative to the age of the son. So, we are required to consider the son’s age as the variable.
So, let the age of the son be x years. The man is 24 years older than the son. So, the age of the father is x+24 years.
In two years, the age of the son and the father becomes x+2 years and x+26 years respectively. According to the
questions, age of the father is twice the age of the son. We can form an equation with this information.
2 × (x + 2) = x + 26
By solving this equation, we can find the desired value of x which is the present age of the son.
Here, 2x + 4 = x + 26
Or, x = 22
Therefore, the age of the son at present is 22 years.
In this way, we can solve problem related to ages by forming equations.
Practice Math:
1. The average age of 5 children born at the intervals of 3 years each is 10 years. What is the age of the youngest
child?
2. A father said to his son, "At the time of your birth, I was as old as you are now". If the father's age is 48 years
now, the son's age five years from now will be:
3. A is two years older than B who is twice as old as C. If the total of the ages of A, B and C is 27, then how old is
B?
a. 7 b. 8 c. 9 d. 10 e. 11
4. Father is aged three times more than his son Rohit. After 8 years, his age will be two and a half times of Rohit's
age. After further 8 years, how many times will father’s age be compared to Rohit's age?
5. A man is 24 years older than his son. In two years, his age will be twice the age of his son. The present age of
his son is:
6. The sum of the present ages of a father and his son is 60 years. Six years ago, father's age was five times the
age of the son. After 6 years, son's age will be:
8. A person's present age is two-fifth of the age of his mother. After 8 years, he will be one-half of the age of his
mother. How old is the mother at present?
9. Q is as much younger than R as he is older than T. If the sum of the ages of R and T is 50 years, what is
definitely the difference between R and Q's age?
a. 1 year
b. 2 years
c. 25 years
d. Data inadequate
e. None of these
10. The age of father 10 years ago was thrice the age of his son. Ten years hence, father's age will be twice that
of his son. The ratio of their present ages is:
a. 5 : 2 b. 7 : 3 c. 9 : 2 d. 13 : 4 e. None of these
11. The present age of Ravi’s father is four times Ravi’s present age. Five years back he was seven times as old
as Ravi at that time. What is the present age of Ravi’s father?
12. Robin’s brother is 3 years elder than him. His father was 28 years of age when his sister was born while his
mother was 26 years of age when he was born. If his sister was 4 years of age when his brother was born, the
ages of Robin’s father and mother respectively when his brother was born were?
13. The product of the ages of Kamal and Mitesh is 240 years. The sum of the ages of Kamal 4 years hence and
Mitesh 10 years before is 25 years. Find the present age of Mitesh.
Answers:
1. a 2. a 3. d 4. b 5. d
6. d 7. c 8. c 9. d 10. b
11. c 12. a 13. a
Solution:
1. The average age of 5 children is 10 years, so the sum of their ages is 50 years
2. Let, the age of the son be x years. So, the age of the father is (x + x) = 2x years.
Now, 2x = 48
Or, x = 24
Therefore, the age of the son 5 years from now will be = 24 + 5 = 29
4. Let, the current age of the son be x. So, the age of the father is 3x.
After 8 years, the age of the son will be x + 8 and the father will be 2.5 (x + 8)
Now, 3x + 8 = 2.5 (x + 8)
Or, 3x + 8 = 2.5x + 20
Or, 0.5x = 12
Or, x = 24
After, 16 years from now the age of Rohit will be 24 + 16 = 40
And age of his father will be (3 x 24) + 16 = 88
So, the age of the father will be 88/40 = 2.2 times
5. Let, the age of the son be x years. So, the age of the father is x + 24.
Now, 2 × (x + 2) = x + 24 + 2
Or, 2x + 4 = x + 26
Or, x = 22
6. Let, six years ago, the age of the son was x years and the age of the father was 5x years.
Now, (x+6) + 5x + 6 = 60
Or, 6x + 12 = 60
Or, 6x = 48
Or, x=8
After 6 years, the age of the son will be x + 6 + 6 = 8 + 6 + 6 = 20 years.
10. Let, the age of the son 10 years ago was x. The age of the father was 3x. 10 years from now their
ages will be (x + 20) and 2(x + 20) respectively.
A/Q, 2(x + 20) = 3x + 20
Or, 2x + 40 = 3x + 20
Or, x =20
Therefore, present ages of father and son are (3x + 10) or, 70 and (x + 10) or 30.
Ratio between their ages is 7:3
If the ratio of ages is given, the ages can be considered as variables related to each other and equations can be formed
with the given information.
For example, “A is younger than B by 8 years. If their ages are in the respective ratio of 9:11, how old is A?
Now, the ratio of the ages of A and B is given. Let, the ages of A and B are 9x and 11x respectively. It is given that A is
younger than B by 8 years. So, an equation can be formed.
11x – 9x = 8
By solving this equation, we can find the values of x.
Here, 2x = 8
Or, x=4
So, the required value of x is 4. Now the age of A is equal to 9x. So, the required age of A is 9 × 4 = 36 years.
In this way, problems related to ages can be solved if the ratio of the ages are given.
Practice Math:
1. Six years ago, the ratio of the ages of Kunal and Shagor was 6: 5. Four years hence, the ratio of their ages will
be 11:10. What is Shagor's age at present?
a. 16 years
b. 18 years
c. 20 years
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
2. Present ages of Paul and Richard are in the ratio of 5:4 respectively. Three years hence, the ratio of their ages
will become 11: 9 respectively. What was the ratio of their ages 3 years ago?
a. 9: 7
b. 27: 22
c. 40: 23
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
3. At present, the ratio between the ages of Araf and Dinash is 4:3. After 6 years, Araf's age will be 26 years. What
is the age of Dinash at present?
4. Shourav is younger than Ratul by 7 years. If their ages are in the ratio of 7:9, how old is Shourav?
5. The present ages of three persons are in the ratio, 4: 7: 9. Eight years ago, the sum of their ages was 56. Find
their present ages (in years).
6. The ratio of the present age of father to that of his son is 7 : 2. After 10 years their ages will be in the ratio of 9
: 4. The present age of father is –
Answers:
1. a 2. a 3. b 4. d 5. b
6. a
Solution:
1. Let, the ages six years ago of Kunal and Shagor was 6x and 5x respectively.
Then, (6x + 6 + 4) / (5x + 6 + 4) = 11/10
Or, (6x + 10) / (5x + 10) = 11/10
Or, 60x + 100 = 55x + 110
Or, 5x = 10
Or, x=2
Therefore, Shagor’s present age is 5x + 6 = 10 + 6 = 16
6. Let the present ages of the son and the father be 7x and 2x respectively.
Their ages after 10 years will be 7x + 10 and 2x + 10.
Therefore, the ratio = (7x + 10) : (2x + 10) = 9 : 4
Now, the product of the means = the product of the extremes.
Or, (2x + 10) 9 = (7x + 10) 4
Or, 18x + 90 = 28x + 40
Or, 10x = 50
Or, x=5
Hence the present age of father = 7 x 5 = 35 years.
2. Ratio of the ages of A and B is 5 : x. A is 18 years younger to C. After nine years C will be 47 years old. If the
difference between the ages of A and B is same as the age of C, what is the value of x?
3. The sum of present ages of A and B is 11 times the difference of their ages. 5 years hence, their total ages will
be 13 times the difference of their ages. What is the present age of older one between the two?
4. The average age of father, mother and their son was 42 years. Then the son got married and exactly after 1
year he had a child. When the child became 5 years old, the average age of the family became 36 years. What
was the age of bride at the time of the marriage?
5. A says, “If you reverse my own age, the figures represent my Brother‘s age. He is, of course, senior to me and
the difference between our ages is one-eleventh of their sum.” Then A‘s brother‘s age is?
a. 45 b. 54 c. 25 d. 52 e. None of these
6. L is as much younger than M as he is older than N. If the sum of the ages of M and N is 60 years, what is
definitely the difference between M and L‘s age?
a. 3 years
b. 2 years
c. 5 years
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
7. If three times of the son‘s age in years is included to the mother‘s age, the total is 75 and if two times of the
mother‘s age is included to the son‘s age, the total is 80. So the son‘s age is?
8. The ages of P, Q and R together are 57 years. Q is thrice as old as P and R is 12 years older than P. Then, the
difference between ages Q and R is?
9. If 10 years are subtracted from the present age of kelly and the remainder is divided by 6, then the present age
of his grandson kyle is obtained. If kyle is 2 years younger to Nony whose age is 7 years, then what is kelly‘s
present age?
.
Solution:
2. Given A:B = 5: x
A = C – 18
C + 9 = 47
Or, C = 47 – 9
Or, C = 38 years.
Therefore, A is (38-18) or, 20 years old
And B is (20+38) or, 58 years old
So, 5: x = 20: 58
Or. X= 14.5
3. A + B = 11(A – B)
A:B = 6:5
According to 2nd condition
6x + 5x + 10 = 13(6x – 5x)
Or, x=5
So, the one who is older between the two is aged 6*5 = 30.
4. F + M + S = 42*3 = 126
The total age of family after 6 years =36*5=180
The age of bride after 6 years = 180 – (126+ 18 + 5)
= 180 – 149
= 31 years
Age of bride at the time of marriage = 31 – 6 = 25 years.
5. From option
54 – 45 = 1/11 (45 + 54)
Or, 9=9
Condition satisfied.
6. M – L = L – N
(M + N) = 2L
Given (M + N) = 60
then 2L = 60
Or, L = 30
But it’s not possible to find the specific values of M or N
Therefore, cannot be determined.
Theory
These problems deal with numbers that are less than, greater than, or equal to other numbers. The following rules
apply to all inequalities:
Adding or subtracting equal quantities from an inequality does not change the signs of the inequality.
For example, if x > y,
Then (x + z) > (y + z)
And, (x – z) > (y – z).
Here, neither adding nor subtracting “z” has any effect on the signs of the inequality.
Multiplying or dividing equal quantities which are positive numbers does not change the sign of the inequality.
For example, if x > y and z is a positive number,
then xz > yz
and x/z > y/z.
Here, the multiplication or the division caused by “z” has no effect on the signs of the inequality.
Multiplying or dividing equal quantities which are negative in nature does change the sign of the inequality.
For example, if x > y and z is a negative number,
xz < yz and x/z < y/z.
Here, initially it is stated that “x > y” but due to “z” being negative, the inequality sign changes when x and y are
multiplied or divided by a negative “z”.
Practice Math:
2. If x is greater than y and x + y = 12 and xy = 35, what is the value of (-x + y)?
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. -2 e. –1
a. 3z > 7 + y
b. (z – 2) < 0.5y
c. 0.25z + 5 > y – 5
d. z < (y + 3)/2
e. None of these
6. If (x2 –4x + 12) < 17, which of the following must be true?
a. x > 5 b. (–1) > x > 5 c. (–1) < x < 5 d. x < 1 e. None of these
a. 2a < (b + c)
b. (a – b) < (a – c)
c. a < (b + c)
d. 2a = (b + c)
e. None of these
a. x b. y c. –x d. –y e. Cannot be determined
10. If abc < 0 and c < 0, then which of the following must be true?
(−𝒚−𝒙)
a. x – y b. 2x + 3y c. x + y d. e. 2y + x2
𝒙
Solution:
1. Now, 7x – 13 > 3x + 3
Or, 7x – 3x – 13 > 3
Or, 4x > 16
Or, x>4
Or, - x < –4
2. Now, x > y
xy = 35
Or, y = 35/x
Now, x + 35/x = 12
Or, x2 + 35 = 12x
Or, x2 – 12x +35 = 0
Or, x = 5, 7
Now x = 5, y = 7 is not possible since x > y
So, x = 7 and y = 5
Therefore, (–x + y) = –7 + 5 = –2
3. 5x – 8y > 3x + 7y
Or, 5x – 3x > 7y + 8y
Or, 2x > 15y
This doesn’t provide necessary information to solve the inequality.
5. Since flowers cost more than pens, less flowers can be bought than pens for equal amount of money.
Therefore, y > x
6. x2 – 4x + 12 < 17
Or, x2 – 4x + 12 – 17 < 0
Or, x2 – 4x – 5 < 0
Or, x2 – 5x + x – 5 < 0
Or, x (x – 5) + 1 (x – 5) < 0
8. If x/y is less than 0 either x or y must be negative. But it cannot be confirmed which one is negative.
9. 13x – 17 > 9
Or, 13x > 9 + 17
Or, 13x > 26
Or, x>2
Or, –x < –2
10. c is less than 0 and abc < 0. The product of a and b must be a positive number. Therefore, ab > 0.
12. If a > 1, a2 – a = a (a – 1)
If a increases, a – 1 also increases and a(a – 1) also increases.
13. Here, a is between –1 and 0. So, for example, if a = –0.5, then a3 = –0.125
On the number line, a3 will be on the right side of a
Again, the subtraction of two positive numbers may be equal to 0, less than 0 or more than 0.
For example, If x and y are two numbers and x > y > 0, x – y > 0.
The product of two positive numbers is greater than 0 and the product of two negative number is also greater than 0.
If one number is positive and one is negative, only then is the product less than 0.
For example,
If x and y are two numbers and x > 0 and y > 0, then xy > 0
If x and y are two numbers and x < 0 and y < 0, then xy > 0
If x and y are two numbers and x < 0 and y > 0, then xy < 0
Practice Math:
1. x and y are both integers. If 10 > x > 9 and x 2 = (10 – y) (10 + y), which of the following is a possible value of
y?
a. - 7 b. - 6 c. - 3 d. 4 e. both c and d
2. A lift operator is not allowed to carry less than 7 and more than 10 passengers in the lift at one time. If there
are 45 people waiting on the ground floor, what is the minimum number of trips that the lift must make in order
to transport all the people?
1
a. 4 b. 3 c. 4 d. 5 e. 6
2
3. The weight of Kalim is an integer. If he gains 6 kg, he will weigh less than 70 kg. If he gains 8 kg, he will weigh
more than 70 kg. What is his weight?
a. 61 b. 62 c. 63 d. 65 e. None of these
4. Jim has 5 pieces of string. He needs to choose the piece that will be able to go around his 36-inch waist as
his belt broke. The piece needs to be at least 4 inches longer than his waist so he can tie a knot in it, but it
cannot be more than 6 inches longer so that the ends will not show from under his shirt. Which of the following
pieces of string will work the best?
3 1 1
a. 3 feet b. feet c. 3 feet d. 3 feet e. None of these
4 2 4
5. Find the range of real values of x satisfying the inequalities 3x – 2 > 7 and 4x – 13 > 15
a. 5 b. 6 c. 7 d. 8 e. 9
8. If –100 < x < y < 0, then of the following, which has the greatest value?
a. y – x b. x + y c. x – y d. x3 e. y3
Answers:
1. e 2. d 3. c 4. c 5. c
6. a 7. c 8. a
Solution:
2. Minimum number of trips mean maximum number of people per trip. So, 10 every time. So, number of trips =
5 as you cannot make half a trip.
4. Length of waist = 36 inch. The length of the string should be 4 to 6 inches longer.
1 1
So, the string should be 40 inches to 42 inches. So, the string should be 3 feet to 3 feet.
3 2
5. 3x – 2 > 7
Or, 3x > 7 + 2
Or, 3x > 9
Or, x>3
Again, 4x – 13 > 15
Or, 4x > 28
Or, x>7
Therefore, x > 7
6. 82 = 64 and 92 = 81
If n = 5, (n + 6) (n + 1) = 11 x 6 = 66
If n = 6, (n + 6) (n + 1) = 12 x 7 = 84
So, the value of n must be 5
8. Since y and x are both negative, – x is positive. As the value of x is the lesser between x and y the value of –x
is greater. So, y – x has the greatest value and it is positive. All the other values are all negative.
Theory
While adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing two different inequalities with two different variables and finding
the potential value, the minimum value and maximum value of both the inequalities are needed to be considered.
Addition/Subtraction
আমাশদর মদখ্শত হশব x and y এর মকান values এর জনয (x+y) এর value সবশচশয় বড় হশব এবং মকান values এর জনয (x+y) er
values সবশচশয় মোি হশব।
(x+y) এর greatest value হশব যখ্ন (maximum value of x + maximum value of y) = (7+5) = 12
Again, (x+y) এর smallest value হশব when we have (minimum value of x + minimum value of y) = (3+2) = 5
So, we can say 12 ≥ (x+y) ≥ 5
(x-y) er greatest value হশব when we have (maximum value of x – minimum value of y) = 7 – 2 = 5
And, (x-y) er smallest value হশব when we have (minimum value of x – maximum value of y) = 3-5 = -2
So, we can say 5 ≥ x-y ≥ -2
Example: 7>x>3 and 5>y>2 and x and y are both integers. What is the minimum possible value of (x-y)?
a. 0
b. -2
c. 1
d. 5
e. None of these
Explanation:
Here, minimum possible value of (x-y) = (minimum possible value of x – maximum possible value of y)
Since, x and y are both integers,
And x>3, the minimum possible value of x = 4
And, 5>y, the maximum possible value of y = 4
So, the minimum possible value of (x-y) = (4-4) = 0
Multiplication and Division এর মেশে x and y এর extreme values গুশ া ণনশয় আমাশদর মদখ্শত হশব মকান pair এর জনয
আমরা highest বা lowest values পাচ্ছে।
Example:
Here, maximum possible value of x = 9 and maximum possible value of y = 6. However, the maximum value of (xy) =
(-11)*(-7) = 77
So, 77 ≥ xy ≥ -66
এখ্াশন highest বা lowest value মবর করার জনয x এর extreme (highest and lowest) value এর সাশর্ y এর দুইিা extreme
value cross multiply কশর মদখ্শত হশব।
Similarly, division এর জনয, dividend এর extreme value গুশ া ণদশয় divisor এর extreme value গুশ া ভাগ ণদশয় highest বা
lowest value determine করশত হশব। Example,
If 20 ≥ x ≥ 10 and 5 ≥ y ≥ 2,
So, we see that when x = 20 and y = 2, x/y has the highest value
So, 10 ≥ x/y ≥ 2
Practice Math:
2. If 0 ≤ x ≤ 4 and y < 12, which of the following cannot be the value of xy?
a. –2 b. 48 c. 6 d. 24 e. None of these
5. If – 4 ≤ x ≤ 12 and – 2 ≤ y ≤ 13, which of the following numbers represent the maximum value of (y – x)?
a. 25 b. 1 c. 14 d. 17 e. –1
7. If x and y are integers, 13 < x < 25 and (–2) < y < 13, what is the greatest possible value of (x – y)?
a. 13 b. 24 c. 25 d. 36 e. None of these
8. a and b are both integers. If 3 < a < 9 and –4 < b < 12, what are the possible values of a + b?
a. –4 < x – y < 9
b. 9 ≤ x – y ≤ 10
c. –1< x – y < 5
d. 6 ≤ x – y ≤13
e. None of these
Answers:
1. d 2. b 3. e 4. c 5. d
6. d 7. d 8. e 9. e 10. d
Solution:
1. The value of x can be 1 and y can be -2. So, the value of xy can be –2. So, (I) is true.
The value of x can be 0 so the value of xy can be 0. So, (II) is true
The value of x can be 5 but the value of y cannot be 10. So, 50 is not possible. So, (III) is false. Therefore, only
(I) and (II) are true.
2. The maximum value of x is 4. But, the value of y cannot be 12. Therefore, the value of xy cannot be 48.
3. The value of xy can be between 2 and 12. None of the options satisfy this condition.
4. The highest value of y is 3. The lowest value of x is 8. So, the lowest value of x – y is 5.
5. The maximum value of y is 13 and the minimum value of x is –4. The value of y – x = 17.
7. The highest value of x is 24 and the lowest value of y is –1. So, maximum value of x – y is 24 - (-1) = 25
8. The lowest value of a is 4 and the lowest value of b is - 3. So, the lowest value of a + b is 1.
The highest value of a is 8 and the highest value of b is 11. So, the highest value of a + b is 19.
Therefore, the value of a + b must be between 1 and 19.
9. The lowest value of ab is (–7) x 2 = –14. The highest value of ab is (–7) x (–5) = 35.
Therefore, the value of ab must be between –14 and 35.
10. The lowest value of x is 5 and the highest value of y is –1. The lowest value of x – y is 6.
The highest value of x is 9 and lowest value of y is –4. The highest value of x – y is 13.
Therefore, the value of x – y is between 6 and 13.
2. If 2p + 7 is greater than 3p – 5, which of the following best describes the possible values of p?
3. If a > b > c > 1 and a x b x c = 48 where a, b, and c are integers, what is the greatest possible value of a?
a. 8 b. 18 c. 24 d. 36 e. 72
5. If a > 0, b < 0, c > 1 and d < 1, which of the following must be true?
a. (a/b – b/c) / (c – b)
b. (b/a – c/b) / (a – b)
c. (c/b – a) / (a – c)
d. abc /(c + b)
e. None of these
8. If x is less than y, which of the following numbers must be greater than x and less than y?
I. (x + y)/2 II. xy/2 III. x2 – y2
a. x = y = z
b. y < z < x
10. If (a + b) > 0 and √(𝑎 + 𝑏) > b, which of the following must be true?
11. If m > n, n < p and n > 0, which of the following must be true?
a. only I
b. only II
c. only III
d. both II and III
e. None of these
16. Suppose z = a x b x c x d x e where a > b > c > d > e. A decrease by 1 in which of the factors would result in the
greatest decrease in the value of z?
a. a b. b c. c d. d e. e
a. y ≥ 2 b. y < 2 c. y > 2 d. y ≤ 2 e. y = 2
Answers:
1. e 2. d 3. a 4. a 5. e
6. e 7. e 8. a 9. c 10. e
11. b 12. b 13. e 14. b 15. d
16. e 17. c
1. The highest value of a is 20 and the highest value of b is –2. So, the lowest value of a/b is –10. The lowest
value of a is –8 and the lowest value of b is –2. The highest value of a/b is 4.
Therefore, the value of a/b is between –10 and 4.
2. Now, 2p + 7 > 3p – 5
Or, 7>p–5
Or, 12 > p
3. Since, the value of c and b cannot be 1 their minimum values are 3 and 2 respectively.
Now, a x b x c = 48
Or, a x 3 x 2 = 48
Or, a = 48/6
Or, a=8
4. 2z + 4 > z – 6
Or, 2z – z + 4 > -6
Or, z > (–4) – (–6)
Or, z > –10
5. We know, a is positive and b is negative. We can also say for sure that c is always going to be positive. But d
can be both positive or negative since d < 1. Therefore, any term containing d can be positive or negative (since
all the options are in the product form). So, the answer cannot be determined.
8. If y > x, then (x + y)/2 is less than y and greater than x. So, (I) is true.
xy/2 is always greater than y. So, (II) is false.
(x2 – y2) is less than x in some case. So, (III) is false.
11. m, n and p are greater than zero. m and p are both greater than n. So, the product of m and p will be greater
than n2
13. x is positive and y is negative. But since no value of x and y is mentioned so the answer cannot be determined.
14. Here, x must be less than 1 or else 1/x will be less than x.
x2 will always be greater than x3 as if x is negative, x2 is positive but x3 is negative.
If x is positive but less than 1, the greater the power the lower the value.
16. The decrease in the lowest value that is e by 1 will result in the greatest decrease in the value of z.
17. 2x + y = 2
Or, x = (2 – y)/2
Again, x + 3y > 6
Or, (2 – y)/2 + 3y > 6
Or, 2 – y + 6y > 12
Or, 2 + 5y > 12
Or, 5y > 10
Or, y>2
RATIO (অিুোত)
A ratio is a comparison of two numbers. We generally separate the two numbers in the ratio with a colon (:).
Suppose we want to write the ratio of 8 and 12. We can write this as 8:12 or as a fraction 8/12, and we say the ratio is
eight to twelve. The first quantity of the ratio is called the antecedent and the second quantity is called the subsequent
or consequent.
Example:
• What is the ratio of videocassettes to the total number of items in the bag?
There are 3 videocassettes, and 3 + 4 + 7 + 1 = 15 items total.
The answer can be expressed as 3/15, 3 to 15, or 3:15.
PROPORTION
A proportion is an equation with a ratio on each side. It is a statement that two ratios are equal.
3/4 = 81/108 is an example of a proportion.
When one of the four numbers in a proportion is unknown, cross multiplication may be used to find the unknown
number.
Example:
So, if there are 8x pens in the box, 5x = black pens and 3x = blue pens.
Practice Math:
a. 1 to 3 b. 1 to 7 c. 7 to 12 d. 3 to 4 e. 7 to 4
2. A jar contains 12 pencils. Some sharpened and some unsharpened. Each of the following could be the ratio of
sharpened to unsharpened pencils except.
4. If 45 percent of the people who purchase a certain product is a child, what is the ratio of the number of children
who purchase the product to the number of adults who purchase the product?
5. If a:b = 3:4, b:c = 4:7, c:d = 7:4; and d:e = 4:11 then what is a:e?
6. To mix a certain color of paint, Imtiaz combines 5 liters of red paint, 2 liters of blue paint, and 4 liters of yellow
paint. What is the ratio of red paint to the total amount of paints?
7. If 30% of x equals 36% of y and 18% of y equals 15% of z, what is the ratio of x to z?
9. A box contains 28 balls, some red and some black. Each of the following could be the ratio of red to black balls
except:
10. If a right-angled isosceles triangle is inscribed in a semi-circle, what is the ratio of the area of the circle to the
area of the triangle?
Solution:
1. LCM of 3 and 7 = 21
Now, 1/3: 4/7 = [(1/3) *21] : [(4/7) *21] = 7: 12
2. Option (a) implies 2 + 1 = 3, which is a factor of 12. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (b) implies 3 + 1 = 4, which is a factor of 12. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (c) implies 4 + 1 = 5, which is not a factor of 12. So, it can be the answer.
Option (d) implies 5 + 1 = 6, which is a factor of 12. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (e) implies 1 + 1 = 2, which is a factor of 12. So, it cannot be the answer.
5. a: b: c: d: e = 3: 4: 7: 4: 11
7. 30%x = 36%y
Or, 30/100 x = 36/100y
Or, 5x = 6y
Again, 18%y = 15%z
Or, 18/100 y = 15/100 z
Or, 6y = 5z.
So, 5x = 6y = 5z
Or, x/z = 5/5=1
9. Option (a) implies 1+1 = 2, which is a factor of 28. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (b) implies 3+1 = 4, which is a factor of 28. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (c) implies 5+3 = 8, which is not a factor of 28. So, it can be the answer.
Option (d) implies 4+3 = 7, which is a factor of 28. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (e) implies 5+2 = 7, which is a factor of 28. So, it cannot be the answer.
Practice Math:
a. 3 b. 4 c. 4.5 d. 2.5 e. 5
2. A certain pole casts a shadow 24 ft. long. At the same time, another pole which is 3 feet high casts a shadow
4 feet long. How high is the first pole, given that the heights and shadows are in proportion?
a. 21 b. 20 c. 24 d. 18 e. 12
3. Four children aged 11, 9, 7 and 4 share a sum of money in the ratio of their ages. If the youngest child receives
Tk. 2400, what is the sum of money?
4. A pudding weighing 1100g has three ingredients: flour, sugar, and eggs. There is twice as much flour as sugar
and one and a half times as much sugar as eggs. What is the quantity of sugar (in gram) in the cake?
5. Taka 1235 was divided between X, Y & Z. The amounts of money received by X & Y were in the ratio 1:2.
Amounts of money received by Y & Z were in the ratio 3:5. How much money did X receive?
7. The ratio of blue, red and white marbles in a box is 3:4:5. If 10 blue marbles are removed and 8 red marbles are
added, the total number of marbles becomes 118. How many red marbles are there in the box now?
a. 32 b. 45 c. 48 d. 50 e. none of these
8. Abu, Rafi and Arif invest Tk. 5000, Tk. 7000, and Tk. 12000 respectively in a business. If the profits are
distributed proportionately, what share of a Tk. 2222 profit should Arif receive?
a. Tk. 462.80 b. Tk. 508.00 c. Tk. 666.67 d. Tk. 740.66 e. Tk. 1111.00
a. 2 b. 3 c. –2 d. 3 e. None of these
11. Aahan started a business on the first day of 2008. Baky joined the business of Aahan on partnership contract
with double the investment to that of Aahan on July 1 of 2008. Rafi, on the first day of September 2008, joined
the partnership business of Aahan and Baky with thrice the investment to that of Aahan. The firm earned a
profit of Tk. 96,000 on 31st December, 2008. What will be the share of profit of Rafi?
a. Tk. 48,000 b. Tk. 32,000 c. Tk. 16,000 d. Tk. 64,000 e. None of these
12. Ages of three persons are now in the ratio of 4:5:6 and in eight years from now, the ratio will be 6:7:8. What is
the present age of the youngest person?
a. 32 b. 20 c. 16 d. 24 e. None of these
13. The ratio of marbles collected by Azim, Babu and and Mezbah is 1:2:5. If Babu gives 3 marbles to Azim and
receives 6 marbles from Mezbah, the ratio becomes 3:5:8. How many marbles did Mezbah have?
a. 25 b. 30 c. 35 d. 45 e. none of these
14. Sum of 1/4th of Manish’s income and 1/3rd of Baka’s income equal to Tk. 33,000. If 1/8 th of Manish’s income
is equal to 1/5th of Baka’s income, what is Baka’s income?
15. The ratio of girls to boys in class is 6:9. The number of students in the class could be any of the following
except:
a. 30 b. 45 c. 50 d. 60 e. 90
16. The ratio of incomes of Shazneen & Raniya is 7:6 and the ratio of their expenditure is 4:3. If Shazneen saves
Tk 500 per month, what is the income of Raniya?
17. Alif, Sahib and Salman started a business jointly with a total amount of Tk. 280. Alif paid Tk. 45 more than
Sahib and Sahib paid Tk. 70 less than Salman. If the company made a profit of Tk. 56, how much profit should
Sahib receive?
a. 22 b. 20 c. 25 d. 27 e. none of these
18. Three workers, X, Y and Z are paid a total of Tk 7,700 for a particular job. X is paid 133.33% of the amount paid
to Y and Y is paid 75% of the amount paid to Z. How much is paid to Z?
Answers:
1. c 2. d 3. d 4. c 5. b
6. e 7. c 8. e 9. e 10. a
11. b 12. c 13. b 14. a 15. c
5. X: Y= 1:2 = 3:6
Y: Z= 3:5 = 6:10
X: Y: Z = 3: 6: 10
Amount X receives = 1235 *3/19 = 195
6. X: Y = 3: 2 = 6: 4
Y: Z = 4: 3
X: Y: Z = 6: 4: 3
So, X = 650 * 6/13 = 300
7. Let the number of blue red and white marbles be 3x, 4x and 5x respectively
Now, 3x – 10 + 4x + 8 + 5x = 118
Or, 12x = 118 + 2
Or x =10
So, number of red marbles = (10*4) + 8 = 48
9. x = 0.6y
Now, (4y+7)/ (2x + 1) = 5
Or, 4y + 7 = 10x + 5
Or, 4y + 7 = 6y + 5
Or, 2y = 2
Or, y=1
12. Let the present ages of the persons 4x, 5x and 6x.
Now, (4x+8)/(5x+8) = 6/7
Or, 28x + 56 = 30x + 48
Or, x=4
So, the present age of the youngest = 4*4 = 16
13. Let the number of marbles collected by Azim, Babu and Mezbah be x, 2x and 5x respectively
After exchange, Babu’s marbles = 2x-3+6 = 2x +3
After exchange, Mezbah’s marbles = 5x-6
Now, (2x+3)/ (5x-6) = 5/8
Or, 16x + 24 = 25x – 30
Or, 9x = 54
Or, x=6
Mezbah’s marbles = 5*6 = 30
15. 6 + 9 = 15. To be the ratio of the class, it has to be a factor of the number.
Option (a) is 30 which is a factor of 15
Option (b) is 45 which is a factor of 15
Option (c) is 50 which is not a factor of 15.
Option (d) is 60 which is a factor of 15
Option (e) is 90 which is a factor of 15
Practice Math:
1. A rugby team had a ratio of win to loss of 3:2. After winning 8 games in a row, the team’s ratio of win to loss
became 5:2. How many games had the team won before it won the 8 games?
a. 24 b. 12 c. 9 d. 6 e. 3
2. The ratio of water and salt in a 20 kg of salt-water solution is 3:1. How much water in kg must be added to
make the ratio of water to salt 4:1?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6 e. None of these
3. The ratio of green marbles to red marbles in a box is 3:4. If there are 28 marbles in the box, how many additional
green marbles will be required to make the ratio of green marbles to red marbles 1:1?
a. 12 b. 9 c. 6 d. 3 e. None of these
4. In a salt solution the ratio of water to salt was 5:1. If the total weight of the solution was 3 kg, how much more
salt should be added so that the ratio becomes 2:1?
5. On a blueprint of a park, 1 foot represents 1 mile. If an error of 1/2 inch is made in reading the blueprint, what
will be the corresponding error on the actual park? [1 mile = 5280 feet]
a. 110 feet b. 220 feet c. 330 feet d. 440 feet e. None of these
6. On a blueprint, 1 inch represents 1 foot. If a window is supposed to be 60 inches wide, how wide would its
representation be on the blueprint?
7. A jar contains gray and silver balls. If there are 30 balls in the jar, all of the following could be the ratio of gray
to silver balls EXCEPT:
Answers:
1. b 2. e 3. e 4. c 5. b
6. c 7. e
7. Option (a) implies 9+1 = 10, which is a factor of 30. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (b) implies 7+3 = 10, which is a factor of 30. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (c) implies 1+1 = 2, which is a factor of 30. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (d) implies 1+4 = 5, which is a factor of 30. So, it cannot be the answer.
Option (e) implies 1+8 = 9, which is not a factor of 30. So, it can be the answer.
1. The ratio of income of Afnan and Azwad is 4:5. The ratio of their expenditures is 5:6. Find the ratio of their
savings if the savings of Afnan is one fifth of his income?
2. If x and y are integers greater than 150 such that x + y = 400, which of the following could be the exact ratio of
x to y?
a. 9 to 1 b. 6 to 2 c. 5 to 3 d. 4 to 1 e. 3 to 2
3. Two numbers are respectively 20% and 50% more than a third number. The ratio of the two numbers is:
a. 2 : 5 b. 3 : 5 c. 4 : 5 d. 6 : 7 e. None of these
4. If 40% of a number is equal to two-third of another number, what is the ratio of first number to the second
number?
a. 2 : 5 b. 3 : 7 c. 5 : 3 d. 7 : 3 e. 5 : 1
5. If A : B = 4 : 7 and B : C = 5 : 9 then A : B : C is :
a. 20: 35: 63 b. 35: 36: 63 c. 30: 35: 65 d. 25: 34: 68 e. None of these
6. If M : N = 3 : 4 and N : O = 8 : 9, then M : O is :
a. 1 : 3 b. 3 : 2 c. 2 : 3 d. 1 : 2 e. 1 : 7
a. 3 : 4 b. 4 : 3 c. 17 : 16 d. 16 : 17 e. 4 : 5
8. In a company 10% of male staffs are same in number as 1/4th of the female staffs. What is the ratio of male
staff to female staff?
a. 3 : 2 b. 5 : 2 c. 2 : 1 d. 4 : 3 e. None of these
9. If 0.4 of a number is equal to 0.06 of another number, the ratio of the numbers is :
a. 2 : 3 b. 3 : 4 c. 3 : 20 d. 20 : 3 e. None of these
10. p, q and r are three positive numbers and S = (p + q + r)/2; If (S – p):(S – q):(S – r) = 2:5:7, then find the ratio of
p, q and r ?
12. If 80% of the girls at a school equals 50% of the total number of students, what is the ratio of girls to boys at
that school?
13. The ratio of the number of boys to the number of girls in Patronus is 9:7. If total number of students in Patronus
at present is 288, how many girls should join to make the ratio 1:2?
14. Seats for Mathematics, Physics and Biology in a school are in the ratio 5 : 7 : 8. There is a proposal to increase
these seats by 40%, 50% and 75% respectively. What will be the ratio of increased seats?
a. 2 : 3 : 4 b. 6 : 7 : 8 c. 6 : 8 : 9 d. 1 : 4 : 5 e. None of these
15. In a mixture of 60 litres, the ratio of milk and water is 2 : 1. If this ratio is to be 1 : 2, then the quantity of water
to be further added is:
16. The ratio of the number of boys and girls in a college is 7 : 8. If the percentage increase in the number of boys
and girls be 20% and 10% respectively, what will be the new ratio?
a. 8 : 9 b. 17 : 18 c. 21 : 22 d. 25 : 26 e. None of these
17. The salaries A, B, C are in the ratio 2 : 3 : 5. If the increments of 15%, 10% and 20% are allowed respectively in
their salaries, then what will be new ratio of their salaries?
a. 3 : 3 : 10 b. 10 : 11 : 20 c. 23 : 33 : 60 d. 12 : 13 : 16 e. 2 : 5 : 7
18. A mixture of 85 kg contains milk and water in the ratio 27:7. How much more water is to be added to get a new
mixture containing milk and water in the ratio 3:1?
a. 5 kg b. 6.5 kg c. 7.5 kg d. 8 kg e. 9 kg
19. The ages of Raju and Biju are in the ratio 3:1. Fifteen years hence, the ratio will be 2:1. Their present ages are:
a. 30yrs, 10yrs
b. 45 yrs, 15yrs
c. 21 yrs, 7 yrs
d. 60 yrs, 20 yrs
e. None of these
Answers:
1. d 2. e 3. c 4. c 5. a
6. c 7. b 8. b 9. c 10. b
11. d 12. a 13. c 14. a 15. d
16. c 17. c 18. a 19. b
2. Option (a) implies, x = 360, y = 40, which doesn’t fulfill the condition.
Option (b) implies, x = 300, y = 100, which doesn’t fulfill the condition.
Option (c) implies, x = 250, y = 150, which doesn’t fulfill the condition.
Option (d) implies, x = 320, y = 80, which doesn’t fulfill the condition.
Option (e) implies, x = 240, y = 160, which fulfills the condition.
6. M: N = 3: 4 = 6: 8
So, M: N: O = 6: 8: 9
M: O = 6: 9 = 2: 3
11. Let the profit on article A be denoted by Z and the profit on article B be denoted by Y
Let cost price of A be 4x.
So, cost price of B is 5x
Profit for A (Z) is 4x/2 = 2x
Now, (4x + 2x): (5x + Y) = 5: 6
Or, 6x/ (5x + Y) = 5/6
Or, 36x = 25x + 5Y
Or, Y = 11x/5.
Now, Z : Y = 2x : 11x/5 = 10:11
16. Originally, let the number of boys and girls in the college be 7x and 8x respectively.
New ratio = (7x * 1.2) : (8x * 1.1) = 8.4x : 8.8x = 21 : 22
1. In a club, the ratio of men and women is 16:9. The ratio of married men and married women is 4:3. Find the
percentage of married men out of the whole bunch if 75% of the women are married.
2. 10 liters are drawn from a container full of mango juice and is then filled with water. This operation is
performed three more times. The ratio of the quantity of mango juice now left in container to that of water is
16 : 81. How much mango juice did the container hold originally?
4 2
3. A and B together have TK. 1210. If of A's amount is equal to of B's amount, how much amount does B
15 5
have?
4. A sum of money is to be distributed among A, B, C, D in the ratio of 5 : 2 : 4 : 3. If C gets TK. 1000 more than D,
what is B's share?
a. TK. 500 b. TK. 1500 c. TK. 2000 d. TK. 2500 e. TK. 3000
5. Salaries of Rashid and Shumon are in the ratio 2 : 3. If the salary of each is increased by TK. 4000, the new
ratio becomes 40 : 57. What is Shumon's salary?
a. TK. 17,000 b. TK. 20,000 c. TK. 25,500 d. TK. 34,000 e. TK. 42,000
7. The sum of three numbers is 98. If the ratio of the first to second is 2:3 and that of the second to the third is
5: 8, then the second number is:
a. 20 b. 30 c. 48 d. 58 e. 62
123
8. If TK. 782 be divided into three parts, proportional to : : , then the first part is:
234
a. TK. 182 b. TK. 190 c. TK. 196 d. TK. 204 e. None of these
a. 18 b. 24 c. 19 d. 20 e. 25
10. Two number are in the ratio of 3 : 5. If 9 is subtracted from each, the new numbers are in the ratio of 12 : 23.
The smaller number is:
a. 27 b. 33 c. 49 d. 55 e. 62
11. In a bag, there are coins of 25 paisa, 10 paisa and 5 paisa in the ratio of 1 : 2 : 3. If there is TK. 30 in all, how
many 5 paisa coins are there?
a. 56 b. 70 c. 78 d. 80 e. 86
13. The speeds of three motor bikes are in the ratio 6 : 5 : 4. The ratio between the time taken by them to travel the
same distance is :
14. The telephone bill of a certain establishment is partly fixed and partly varies according to the number of calls
made. When in a certain month 540 calls are made, the bill is TK.1800. In another month, when 620 calls are
made, the bill becomes TK.2040. If in another month 500 calls are made, the bill for that month would be:
15. The ratio of incomes of two person P1 and P2 is 5: 4 and the ratio of their expenditures is 3: 2. If at the end of
the year, each saves TK.1600, then what is the income of P1?
a. TK. 800 b. TK. 2400 c. TK. 4000 d. TK. 3200 e. None of these
16. If 96 is divided into four parts proportional to 5, 7, 4, 8, the smallest part is:
a. 16 b.14 c. 20 d. 18 e. 20
17. Some ladies can do a piece of work in 12 days. Two times the number of such ladies will do half of that work
in:
18. Ram, Sham and Suresh start business investing in the ratio 1/2: 1/3: 1/4. The time for which each of them
invested their money was in the ratio 8:6:12 respectively. If they get profit of TK.18000 from the business, then
how much share of profit will Ram get?
a. TK. 4000 b. TK. 6000 c. TK. 9000 d. TK. 10000 e. None of these
19. A sum of money is to be distributed among A, B, C, D in the proportion of 5 : 2 : 4 : 3. If C gets TK. 1000 more
than D, what is the total amount?
a. TK. 14000 b. TK. 15000 c. TK. 20000 d. Tk. 25000 e. None of these
20. A bag contains 50 paisa, 20 paisa and 10 paisa coins in the ratio 5:3:1. If the total amount in the bag is 640
TK, find the difference in the amounts contributed by 50 paisa and 20 paisa coins.
a. TK. 300 b. TK. 400 c. TK. 380 d. TK. 500 e. None of these
Answers:
1. a 2. b 3. b 4. c 5. d
6. b 7. b 8. d 9. b 10. b
11. c 12. c 13. a 14. b 15. c
16. a 17. d 18. e 19. a 20. c
4. Let A’s share be 5x. So, B’s share is 2x. C’s share is 4x. D’s share is 3x
Now, 4x – 3x = 1000
Or, x = 1000
So, B’s share = 2* 1000 = TK. 2000
6. 0.75*8 = x*5
Or, 6 = 5x
Or, x = 1.2
14. Let the fixed amount be x and the cost of each call be y.
540y + x = 1800 _____ (1)
620y + x = 2040 _____ (2)
(2) – (1) imply,
80y = 240
Or, y =3
Putting value of y in (1),
1620 + x = 1800
Or, x = 180
So, bill for the month = 180 + 500*3 = TK. 1680
17. Two times the number of ladies can do the same work in 12/2 = 6 days
Again, two times the number of ladies can do half work in 6/2 = 3 days
19. Let A’s share be 5x. So, B’s share is 2x. C’s share is 4x. D’s share is 3x
Now, 4x – 3x = 1000
Or, x = 1000
So, the total amount = 5x + 2x + 4x + 3x =14x = TK. 14000
20. Let the number of 50p, 20p and 10p coins be 5x, 3x and x respectively.
Sum of their values = 250x/100 + 60x/100 + 10x/100 = 320x/100
Now, 320x/100 = 640
Or, x = 200
Amount by contributed by 50p coins = 250*200/100 = 500
Amount by contributed by 20p coins = 60*200/100 = 120
Difference = 500 – 120 = TK. 380
Two elements having individual concentration (ঘনত্ব) are mixed together to form a mixture. The mixture will have a
new concentration. The total volume/weight of the mixture will be the sum of that of the elements.
Solving a mixture problem requires that you read the question carefully and figure out what the unknown or the desired.
quantity is. Then replace that quantity with x and find its value.
The following formulae will help you solve mixture problems:
Note:
Practice Math:
1. Two alloys of equal weights containing tin, copper and lead in the ratio 3:2:7 and 4:11:3 are melted and mixed
together. What is the ratio of tin, copper and lead in the resultant alloy?
2. Mixture X is 15 percent peanut and 85 percent hazel nut by weight, mixture Y is 45 percent peanut and 55
percent cashew nut. If a mixture of X and Y contains 30 percent peanut, what percent of the weight of this
mixture is X?
3. Tea worth TK. 126 per kg and TK. 135 per kg are mixed with a third variety in the ratio 1:1:2. If the mixture is
worth TK. 153 per kg, the price of the third variety per kg will be:
a. TK. 169.50 b. TK. 170 c. TK. 175.50 d. TK. 180 e. None of these
4. Richard has three quarts of a 40% acid solution and six pints of a 20% acid solution. If he mixes them, what
will be the concentration of the resulting solution? [1 quart = 2 pint]
5. 28 buckets of 36% paint solution is mixed with 36 buckets of 28% paint solution. What is the concentration of
the resulting solution?
Answers:
1.c 2.b 3.c 4. d 5. b
(28×36)+(36×28) 2016
5. The concentration of the resultant mixture =
28+36
= 64
= 31.5
An easy approach to solving mixture problems is the Spider Method. If two ingredients are mixed, one cheaper and
another costlier, then
Practice Math:
1. In what ratio must a grocer mix two varieties of pulses costing TK. 15 and TK. 20 per kg respectively so as to
get a mixture worth TK. 16.50 kg?
2. A dishonest milkman declares to sell his milk at cost price but he mixes it with water and thereby gains 25%.
The percentage of water in the mixture is:
1
a. 4% b. 6 % c. 20% d. 25% e. None of these
4
3. How many kilograms of sugar costing TK. 9 per kg must be mixed with 27 kg of sugar costing TK. 7 per kg so
that there may be a gain of 10% by selling the mixture at TK. 9.24 per kg?
a. 36 kg b. b. 42 kg c. 54 kg d. 63 kg e. 54 kg
4. A jar full of whisky contains 40% alcohol. A part of this whisky is replaced by another containing 19% alcohol
and now the percentage of alcohol was found to be 26%. The quantity of whisky replaced is what fraction of
the original mixture:
1 2 2 3
a. b. c. d. e. None of these
3 3 5 5
6. Find the ratio in which rice at TK. 7.20 per kg be mixed with rice at TK. 5.70 per kg to produce a mixture worth
TK. 6.30 per kg.
7. In what ratio must a grocer mix two varieties of tea worth TK. 60 per kg and TK. 65 per kg so that by selling
the mixture at TK. 68.20 per kg he may gain 10%?
8. The cost of Type-1 rice is TK. 15 per kg and Type-2 rice is TK. 20 per kg. If both Type-1 and Type-2 are mixed
in the ratio of 2 : 3, then the price per kg of the mixed variety of rice is:
9. A merchant has 1000 kg of sugar, part of which he sells at 8% profit and the rest at 18% profit. He gains 14%
on the whole. The quantity sold at 18% profit is:
10. Two varieties of sugar are mixed in a certain ratio. The cost of the mixture per kg is Tk 0.50 less than that of
the superior variety and TK. 0.75 more than that of the inferior variety. What was the ratio of superior variety
to inferior variety in the mixture?
11. Coffee A normally costs 100 Taka per pound. It is mixed with coffee B, which normally costs 70 Taka per
pound, to form a mixture which costs 88 Taka per pound. If there are 10 pounds of the mix, how many pounds
of coffee A was used in the mix?
12. Coffee A normally costs 75 paisa per pound. It is mixed with Coffee B, which normally costs 80 paisa per
pound, to form a mixture, which costs 78 paisa per pound. If there are 10 pounds of the mix, how many pounds
of Coffee A were used in the mix?
a. 3 b. 4 c. 4.5 d. 5 e. 6
13. How many pounds of chocolate worth $1.20 per pound must be mixed with 12 pounds of chocolate worth 90
cents per pound to produce a mixture worth $1.00 per pound?
a. 3 b. 6 c. 10 d. 15 e. 20
Answers:
1. c 2. c 3. d 4. b 5. a 6. b 7. a
8. a 9. c 10. b 11. c 12. b 13. b
Solution:
16.5
x y
3.5 1.5
CP of Milk CP of Water
x 0
0.8x
0.8x 0.2x
8.40 Tk.
1.40 0.60
Now, 7: 3 = x: 27
Or, x = 63
4.
Strength of Jar 1 Strength of Jar 2
40% 19%
26%
So. Ratio = 7: 14 = 1: 2
So replaced quantity = 2/ ((1 + 2) = 2/3
6x/7
x/7 6x/7
6.
Cost of 1st Kind Cost of 2nd kind
7.2 5.7
6.3
0.6 0.9
TK. 62
3 2
So. Ratio = 3: 2
x Tk.
20 – x x – 15
9.
8% 18%
14%
4% 6%
So the ratio is 4: 6 or 2: 3
So, the quantity sold at 18% profit is: 3*1000/5 = 600 kg
10. The ratio of the quantity of the superior variety to that of the inferior variety is 0.75: 0.5 = 3: 2
11.
Coffee A Coffee B
100 70
88
18 12
12.
Coffee A Coffee B
75 80
78
13.
Chocolate A Chocolate
1.2 0.9
0.1 0.2
Spider method is a faster technique to solve questions based on weighted average. Be careful to understand the
concept of this method in depth so that you are able to solve the question quite fast.
Mean Price
(m)
(d–m) (m–c)
The two resulting values at the lower hands give the ratio in which the two ingredients are to be mixed to get the third
ingredient.
In the above example, Cost Price has been used to indicate the values of the two quantities. This method can also be
used for such questions where the values are in the form of quantity (kg), concentration (%) etc.
1. Eight kilograms of rice costing TK. 16 per kg is mixed with four kilograms of rice costing TK. 22 per kg.
What is the average price of the mixture?
a. 20 b. 18 c. 16 d. 19 e. 22
2. Tea worth TK. 126 per kg and TK. 135 per kg are mixed with a third variety in the ratio 1:1:2. If the mixture is
worth TK. 153 per kg, the price of the third variety per kg will be:
3. A vessel is filled with liquid, 3 parts of which are water and 5 parts syrup. How much of the mixture must be
drawn off and replaced with water so that the mixture may be half water and half syrup?
Answers:
1. b 2. c 3. c
Solution:
1. 8 kg of 16 = 8 ×16 = 128
4 kg of 22 = 4 × 22 = 88
Average price = 216/12 = 18
A common mixture problem that you might see on the test is substitution of some amount of mixture with another
component liquid. For example, the scenario might be that from a container of diluted milk (milk + water), 5 litres is
drawn out and is replaced with the same volume of water. By this operation, the starting volume remains unchanged
but the ratio of amounts of milk and water in the mixture changes.
The core concept is that as you draw out 5 litres from the mixture, you are removing both milk and water in certain
proportions. While adding, you put in only 5 litres of water. The milk part that was taken out in the 5 litres of the mixture
is completely lost. But the 5 litres of water that you just put in won’t increase the amount of water by the whole 5 litres
because while initially taking out the 5 litres of the mixture, you also took out some water that was lost.
Problems involving repeated operations can be solved with the following formula:
Suppose, a container contains x units of a liquid from which y units are drawn out and replaced with water. After n
operations, quantity of pure liquid in the container will be
𝑦 𝑛
𝑥 (1 − ) 𝑢𝑛𝑖𝑡𝑠
𝑥
Practice Math:
1. A vessel is filled with liquid, 3 parts of which are water and 5 parts syrup. What portion of the mixture must be
drawn off and replaced with water so that the mixture may be half water and half syrup?
1 1 1 1
a. b. c. d. e. None of these
3 4 5 7
2. A can contains a mixture of two liquids A and B is the ratio 7:5. When 9 litres of mixture are drawn off and the
can is filled with B, the ratio of A and B becomes 7:9. How many litres of liquid A was contained by the can
initially?
a. 10 b. 20 c. 21 d. 25 e. 27
3. A milk vendor has 2 cans of milk. The first contains 25% water and the rest milk. The second contains 50%
water. How much milk should he mix from each of the containers so as to get 12 litres of milk such that the
ratio of water to milk is 3:5?
a. 4 litres, 8 litres
b. 6 litres, 6 litres
c. 5 litres, 7 litres
d. 7 litres, 5 litres
e. None of these
4. A container contains 40 litres of milk. From this container 4 litres of milk was taken out and replaced by water.
This process was repeated further two times. How much milk is now contained by the container?
a. 26.34 litres
b. 27.36 litres
c. 28 litres
d. 29.16 litres
e. 31.25 litres
5. 8 litres are drawn from a cask full of wine and is then filled with water. This operation is performed three more
times. The ratio of the quantity of wine now left in cask to that of water is 16 : 65. How much wine did the cask
hold originally?
6. In a salt-water solution, the ratio of water to salt is 13:5. If you add 8 kgs of salt, the ratio becomes 13:7. What
is the amount of salt in the original solution in kg?
a. 33 b. 14 c. 20 d. 28 e. None of these
7. How many litres of milk should be added to a 44 litres mixture of milk and water containing milk and water in
the ratio of 7:4 such that the resultant mixture has 33.33% water in it?
a. 4 b. 10 c. 5 d. 12 e. None of these
Answers:
1.c 2.c 3.b 4.d 5.b
6. c 7.a
Solution:
5/ 8
1/8 1/8
So, Ratio = 1: 1
4 3 9 9 9
4. Amount of milk left after 3 operations = {40 (1 - ) } liters = 40 x x x = 29.16 liters.
40 10 10 10
1. A merchant has 1000 kg of sugar part of which he sells at 8% profit and the rest at 18% profit. He gains 14%
on the whole. The Quantity sold at 18% profit is
2. A wholesaler mixes Coffee A that cost TK. 2.60 per kg and Coffee B that cost TK.4 per kg to make 100 kg of a
mixture that costs TK. 3.30 per kg. How many pounds of TK.2.60 per kg nut is put into the mixture?
a. 30 b. 40 c. 45 d. 50 e. 60
3. How many cubic centimeters of water must be added to 100 cc of 70% solution of Boric Acid to reduce it to a
50% solution?
a. 40 b. 45 c. 50 d. 55 e. 60
4. A man adds two quarts of pure alcohol to a 30% solution of alcohol in water. If the new concentration is 40%,
how many quarts of the original solution were there?
a. 12 b. 15 c. 18 d. 20 e. 24
5. How many ounces of water must be added to 48 ounces of alcohol to make a solution that is 25% Alcohol?
6. A solution of 66 liters contains milk and water in the ratio 7: x. If four liters of water is added to the solution,
the ratio becomes 3:2, find the value of x?
a. 8 b. 5 c. 3 d. 4 e. 6
7. A mixture of 20 kg of spirit and water contains 10% water. How much water must be added to this mixture to
raise the percentage of water to 25%
a. 4 kg b. 5 kg c. 8 kg d. 30 kg e. None of these
8. The ratio of water and salt in a 16 kg of salt-water solution 3:1. How much water in kg must be added to make
the ratio of water to salt 4:1?
a. 2 b. 3 c. 4 d. 6 e. None of these
9. Eight kilograms of rice costing TK. 16 per kg is mixed with four kilograms of rice costing Tk. 22 per kg. What
is the average price of the mixture?
10. How many kilograms of tea powder costing TK. 31 per kg be mixed with 36 kilograms of tea powder costing
Tk. 43 per kg, such that the mixture when sold at TK. 44 per kg gives profit of 10%?
a. 12 b. 15 c. 20 d. 10 e. 20
11. In 24 kg of salt water, 8% is salt, of another mixture, 4% is salt. How many kg of the 2nd solution must be added
to the first mixture to get a solution that is 5% salt?
12. 16 gm of supplement A contains 230 micro grams of vitamin B and 16 gm of supplement B contains 190 micro
grams of vitamin B. If an 8 gm mixture of these two supplements contains 105 micro grams of vitamin B, what
fraction of the mixture is supplement A?
Answers:
1. d 2. d 3. a 4. a 5. b 6. d 7. a
8. c 9. b 10. a 11. d 12. c
Solution:
8 18
14
4 6
40%
5.
Concentration of water Concentration of pure
0% alcohol
100%
25%
75 25
31 43
40
3 9
11.
8 4
1 3
Practice Math:
1. A piece of work can be finished by a certain number of men in 150 days. If there were 10 men less, it would
take 10 days more for the work to be finished. How many men were there originally?
2. 2 pumps, working 4 hours a day, can empty a tank in 2 days. How many hours a day must 4 pumps work to
empty the tank in 1 day?
a. 9 b. 10 c. 11 d. 4 e. 8
3. If the cost of x meters of wire is r Taka, then what is the cost of y meters of wire at the same rate?
a. TK. (x/yr) b. TK. (xr) c. TK. (yr) d. TK. (yr/x) e. None of these
4. Running at the same constant rate, 5 identical machines can produce a total of 200 cans per minute. At this
rate, how many cans could 10 such machines produce in 4 minutes?
5. A fort had provision of food for 120 men for 40 days. After 10 days, 30 men left the fort. For how many more
days for which the remaining food will last, is:
a. 29 b. 37 c. 40 d. 54 e. 87
6. 40 persons can repair a road in 8 days, working 5 hours a day. In how many days will 30 persons, working 6
hours a day, complete the work?
a. 10 b. 8 c. 14 d. 15 e. 7
7. A man completes 25% of a job in 10 days. At this rate, how many more days will he take to finish the job?
9. In a dairy farm, 30 cows eat 40 bags of grass in 40 days. In how many days will one cow eat one bag of grass?
a. 1 b. 1140 c. 30 d. 80 e. 35
10. If 6 spiders make 6 webs in 6 days, then 1 spider will make 1 web in how many days?
a. 1 b. 3.5 c. 6 d. 49 e. 4
Solution:
8. 1 kg = 1000 gm
1000/4=250 gm potato costs 40 paisa
1 gm potato costs (40/250) =0.16 paisa
So, 200 gm potato costs (0.16*200) =32 paisa
Practice Math:
1. If 6 men and 8 women can do a piece of work in 10 days while 26 men and 48 women can do the same in 2
days, the time taken by 15 men and 20 women in doing the same type of work will be:
2. 10 men or 18 women can do a piece of work in 38 days, in how many days will 6 men and 12 women do it
together?
a. 35 b. 30 c. 45 d. 50 e. 55
3. If 12 men and 16 women can do a piece of work in 5 days. 13 men and 24 women can do it in 4 days, how long
will 7 men and 10 women take to do it?
a. 3 days
b. 5.6 days
c. 8.33 days
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
4. In a camp, there is a meal for 120 men or 260 children. If 150 children have taken the meal, how many men will
be catered to with remaining meal?
a. 20 b. 50 c. 40 d. 0 e. 30
Answers:
1. a 2. b 3. c 4. b
Solution:
1. Let, in one day, one man can do ‘m’ unit of work and one woman can do ‘w’ unit of work
Therefore,
(6m + 8w)10 = (26m + 48w )2
Or, 30m + 40w = 26m + 48w
Or, 4m = 8w
Or, m = 2w
Or, m/w = 2/1
Hence, total work = (6*2w+ 8w) *10 = 200w units
Required time for (15m + 20w) units of work = 200/(15*2 + 20*1) = 200/50 = 4 days
3. Let one man, in one day, can do M unit of work and one woman, in one day, can do W unit of work
Therefore,
5(12 M + 16 W) = 4(13 M + 24 W)
60M + 80W = 52M + 96W
That gives, 8M = 16W, which is, 1M=2W
So, one man can do the work of two women
Practice Math:
1. Raman is thrice as good as workman as Anan and therefore is able to finish a job in 60 days less than Anan.
Working together, they can do it in:
2. Sakib is 25% more efficient than Monisha. How much time will they, working together, take to complete a job
which Sakib alone could have done in 20 days?
3. Sany can do a piece of work in 20 days. Tanvir is 25% more efficient than Sany. The number of days taken by
Tanvir to do the same piece of work is:
a. 15 b. 16 c. 18 d. 25 e. None of these
4. Afra takes twice as much time as Rehana or thrice as much time as Monisha to finish a piece of work. Working
together, they can finish the work in 2 days. Rehana can do the work alone in:
a. 4.5 days b. 1.5 days c. 8.66 days d. 12.75 days e. None of these
5. Kabir works twice as fast as Samid. If Samid can complete a work in 12 days independently, the number of
days in which Kabir and Samid can together finish the work is :
6. Twenty girls can do a work in sixteen days. Sixteen boys can complete the same work in fifteen days. What is
the ratio between the capacity of a boy and a girl?
a. 3 : 4 b. 4 : 3 c. 5 : 3 d. 7 : 4 e. Cannot be determined
7. Asid and Abir can do a job together in 7 days. Asid is 7/4 times as efficient as Abir. The same job can be done
by Asid alone in :
Answers:
1. b 2. b 3. b 4. e 5. a
6. b 7. b
Solution:
1. The efficient ratio of Raman to Anan is 3:1. Therefore the ratio of the required number of days for each of them
to finish the work individually is 1:3.
The difference in the ratio is 2, which corresponds to 60 days.
Hence Raman takes 30 days and Anan takes 90 days.
So, in 30 days Raman can do 1 work.
In 1 day, he finishes 1/30 part of the work.
In 90 days, Anan can do 1 work.
In 1 day, he finishes 1/90 part of the work.
So, working together,
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 289
They finish (1/30 + 1/90) part or 2/45 part of the work in 1 day
Therefor they finish 1 part of the work in 45/2 days or 22.5 days
2. The efficient ratio of Sakib to Monisha is 1.25 : 1 therefore ratio of the required number of days for each of
them to finish the work individually is 1 : 1.25
So Monisha would take 20*1.25 =25 days
Work done by Sakib in one day = 1/20 part
Work done by Monisha in one day = 1/25 part
Work done by Sakib and Monisha in one day: 1/20 + 1/25 = 9/100 part
If both of them worked together, it would take them 100/9 or 11.11 days.
4. Suppose Afra, Rehana and Manisha take 3x, 1.5x and x days to finish the work respectively
Therefore, in one day they can finish 1/3x , 2/3x and 1/x part of the work respectively
So, working together, they finish (1/3x + 2/3x + 1/x) or 6/3x part or 2/x part of the work in 1 day
They finish 1 part of the work in x/2 days
Therefore
x/2 = 2
Or, x=4
Therefore, Rehana takes 6 days to finish the work
5. As the efficiency of Kabir to Samid is 2:1. So, ratio of required number of days to finish the work individually is
1:2
So, kabir independently finishes the work in 12/2 = 6 days
And if they work together, in one day, they finish (1/6 + 1/12) =1/4 part of the work
So, they can finish the whole work in 4 days
Practice Math:
1. Mala can do a work in 15 days and Amit in 20 days. If they work on it together for 4 days, then the fraction of
the work that is left is:
2. A can lay railway track between two given stations in 16 days and B can do the same job in 10 days. With help
of C, they did the job in 4 days only. Then, C alone can do the job in:
3. X, Y and Z can do a piece of work in 20, 30 and 60 days respectively. In how many days can X do the work if
he is assisted by Y and Z on every third day?
4. P alone can do a piece of work in 6 days and Q alone in 8 days. P and Q undertook to do it for Tk. 3200. With
the help of R, they completed the work in 3 days. How much is to be paid to R?
a. TK. 375 b. TK. 400 c. TK. 600 d. Tk. 800 e. TK. 900
5. X can do a piece of work in 4 hours; Y and Z together can do it in 3 hours, while X and Z together can do it in 2
hours. How long will Y alone take to do it?
6. A can do a certain work in the same time in which B and C together can do it. If A and B together could do it in
20 days and C alone in 60 days, then B alone could do it in:
7. P can complete a work in 10 days working 8 hours a day. Q can complete the same work in 8 days working 15
hours a day. If both P and Q work together, working 9 hours a day, in how many days can they complete the
work?
8. X and Y can do a work in 8 days, Y and Z can do the same work in 12 days. X, Y and Z together can finish it in
6 days. X and Z together will do it in:
Answers:
1.d 2.c 3.b 4.b 5.c
6.c 7.e 8.c
Solution:
3 1 1
Therefore, in 3 days R does (1 − − ) part or part of the work
8 2 8
For the whole work, together they receive TK 3200.
1
So, R should receive TK. (3200 * ) or, TK. 400
8
Practice Math:
1. A does 80% of a work in 20 days. He then calls in B and they together finish the remaining work in 3 days. How
long B alone would take to do the whole work?
2. A machine X can print 120 books in 8 hours, machine Y can print the same number of books in 10 hours while
machine Z can print them in 12 hours. All the machines are started at 9 A.M. while machine X is closed at 11
A.M. and the remaining two machines complete work. Approximately at what time will the work (to print 120
books) be finished?
a. 11:30 A.M. b. 12: 35 P.M. c. 12:30 P.M. d. 1:05 P.M. e. None of these
3. A can finish a work in 18 days and B can do the same work in 20 days. B worked for 10 days and left the job.
In how many days, A alone can finish the remaining work?
4. A and B can together finish a work in 30 days. They worked together for 20 days and then B left. After another
25 days, A finished the remaining work. In how many days A alone can finish the work?
a. 40 b. 50 c. 54 d. 75 e. 80
5. X and Y can do a piece of work in 20 days and 12 days respectively. X started the work alone and then after 5
days Y joined him till the completion of the work. How long did the work last?
6. Mahi and Kumar are working on an assignment. Mahi takes 6 hours to type 32 pages on a computer, while
Kumar takes 5 hours to type 40 pages. How much time will they take, working together on two different
computers to type an assignment of 110 pages?
a. 7 hours 30 minutes
b. 8 hours
c. 8 hours 15 minutes
d. 8 hours 25 minutes
e. None of these
7. A, B and C can complete a piece of work in 24, 6 and 10 days respectively. Working together, they will complete
the same work in:
8. Sarah and Bobby can complete a work in 15 days and 10 days respectively. They started doing the work
together but after 4 days Bobby had to leave and Sarah alone completed the remaining work. The whole work
was completed in:
4. Since, A & B work together for 20 days, they complete 2/3 of the work.
Remaining 1/3 work is done by A in 25 days.
So, A alone can do full job in 75 days.
8. In one day, Sarah and Bobby together complete, (1/15 + 1/10) or 5/30 or 1/6 part of the work
In 4 days, they complete (1/6 * 4) or 2/3 part of the work
So, 1/3 of the work remains
Sarah completes 1/15 part of the work in 1 day
Therefore, she completes 1/3 of the work in 15/3 or 5 days
Therefore, the whole work lasts for (4 + 5) or 9 days
Practice Math:
1. Three pipes A, B and C can fill a tank from empty to full in 30 minutes, 20 minutes, and 10 minutes respectively.
When the tank is empty, all the three pipes are opened. A, B and C discharge chemical solutions P, Q and R
respectively. What is the proportion of the solution R in the liquid in the tank after 2 minutes?
2. Pipes A and B can fill a tank in 5 and 4 hours respectively. Pipe C can empty it in 12 hours. If all the three pipes
are opened together, then the tank will be filled in:
a. 113.17 hours
b. 28.11 hours
c. 2.72 hours
d. 4.12 hours
e. None of these
3. A pump can fill a tank with water in 0.5 hours. Because of a leak, it took 7/3 hours to fill the tank. The leak can
drain all the water of the tank in:
4. Two pipes X and Y can fill a cistern in 40 minutes and 36 minutes respectively. Both pipes are opened. The
cistern will be filled in just half an hour, if the Y is turned off after:
5. A tank is filled by three pipes with uniform flow. The first two pipes operating simultaneously fill the tank in
the same time during which the tank is filled by the third pipe alone. The second pipe fills the tank 5 hours
faster than the first pipe and 4 hours slower than the third pipe. The time required by the first pipe to fill the
tank alone is:
6. Two pipes can fill a tank in 20 and 25 minutes respectively and a waste pipe can empty 3 liters per minute. All
the three pipes working together can fill the tank in 15 minutes. The capacity of the tank is:
a. 60 liters
b. 100 liters
c. 128.5 liters
d. 180 liters
e. 200 liters
7. A tank is filled in 5 hours by three pipes X, Y and Z. The pipe Z is twice as fast as Y and Y is twice as fast as X.
How much time will pipe X alone take to fill the tank?
a. 20 hours
b. 25 hours
c. 35 hours
d. Cannot be determined
e. None of these
Answers:
1.b 2.c 3.d 4.b 5.c
6.c 7.c 8.c
Solution:
2. In one hour: part of the tank filled by A =1/5, by b = ¼ and emptied by c = 1/12
If three pipes are opened together then part of the tank filled in 1 hour = ¼ +1/5 – 1/12 =11/30
11/30 of tanked is filled in 1 hour. So, time taken to fill the tank= 30/11 = 2.72 hour
Therefore,
1 1 1
+ = x−9
x x−5
2x−5 1
Or, =
x2 −5x x−9
Or, x 2 − 5x = 2x 2 – 23x + 45
Or, x2 – 18x + 45 = 0
Or, x=3 or, x = 15
x cannot be equal to 3 because in that case the time required by the other pipes to fill the tank would be
negative.
9𝑥
= – 3 liters
100
9𝑥−300
= liters
100
9𝑥−300
So, in 15 minutes they fill 15( ) liters
100
Therefore,
9𝑥−300
15( ) =x
100
Or, 100x = 135x – 4500
Or, 35x = 4500
Or, x = 128.57
Therefore,
1/n + 2/n + 4/n = 1/5
Or, 7/n = 1/5
Or, n = 35
1
In one hour, A fills part of the cistern
𝑥
1
In one hour, B fills part of the cistern
𝑥+6
1 1
So, in one hour, they fill ( + 𝑥+6) part of the cistern
𝑥
1 1 1
Therefore, + 𝑥+6 = 4
𝑥
2𝑥+6 1
Or, =4
𝑥 2 +6𝑥
Or, 8x + 24 = 𝑥 2 + 6𝑥
Or, x2 – 2x – 24 = 0
Or, x2 – 6x + 4x – 24 = 0
Or, (x – 6) + (x + 4) = 0
So, X = 6
1. A flagstaff 20.5 m high casts a shadow of length 40.25 m. The height of the building, which casts a shadow of
length 38.75 m under similar conditions will be:
2. An industrial loom weaves 0.125 meters of cloth every second. Approximately, how many seconds will it take
for the loom to weave 30 meters of cloth?
3. 27 men can complete a piece of work in 20 days. In how many days will 36 men complete the same work?
a. 12 b. 18 c. 22 d. 15 e. None of these
4. 4 mat-weavers can weave 4 mats in 4 days. At the same rate, how many mats would be woven by 6 mat-
weavers in 6 days?
a. 4 b. 8 c. 12 d. 9 e. None of these
5. A and B can do a piece of work in 30 days, while B and C can do the same work in 24 days and C and A in 20
days. They all work together for 15 days. Then B and C leave. How many more days will A take to finish the
work?
6. Chandu can finish a work in 24 days, Joseph in 9 days and Parisa in 12 days. Joseph and Parisa start the work
but are forced to leave after 3 days. The remaining work was done by Chandu in:
7. Robi can do a piece of work in 40 days. He works at it for 8 days and then Bizli finished it in 16 days. How long
will they take to complete the work together?
1
a. 13 days b. 15 days c. 20 days d. 26 days e. 63 days
3
8. Sanju and Mizan together can do a piece of work in 30 days. Sanju having worked for 16 days, Mizan finishes
the remaining work alone in 44 days. In how many days shall Mizan finish the whole work alone?
9. Two pipes X and Y can fill a tank in 20 and 30 minutes respectively. If both the pipes are used together, then
how long will it take to fill the tank?
a. 10 min. 20 sec.
b. 11 min. 45 sec.
c. 12 min. 30 sec.
d. 14 min. 40 sec.
e. 16 min. 10 sec.
11. One pipe can fill a tank three times as fast as another pipe. If together the two pipes can fill the tank in 35
minutes, then the slower pipe alone will be able to fill the tank in:
12. A large tanker can be filled by two pipes X and Y in 60 minutes and 40 minutes respectively. How many minutes
will it take to fill the tanker from empty state if Y is used for half the time and X and Y fill it together for the
other half?
13. A tap can fill a tank in 5 hours. After half the tank is filled, three more similar taps are opened. What is the total
time taken to fill the tank completely?
a. 3 hrs 15 min
b. 3 hrs 7.5 min
c. 4 hrs
d. 4 hrs 15 min
e. None of these
14. Three taps X, Y and Z can fill a tank in 12, 15 and 20 hours respectively. If X is open all the time and Y and Z
are open for one hour each alternately, the tank will be full in:
Answers:
1.b 2.b 3.d 4.d 5.a
6.c 7.a 8.c 9.a 10.d
11.c 12.d 13.b 14.c
Solution:
4
In 1 day, 1 mat weaver can weave mats
4×4
4 ×6×6
In 6 days, 6 mat weavers can weave mats
4×4
= 9 mats
5. (A + B)’s + (B + C)’s + (A + C)’s one day of work = 1/30 + 1/24 + 1/20 = 15/120 = 1/8
2(A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 1/30 + 1/24 + 1/20 = 15/120 = 1/8
Therefore, (A + B + C)’s 1 day’s work = 1/16
Work done by A, B, C together in 15 days = 15/16
Remaining work = 1 – 15/16 = 1/16
1
Hence Robi and Bizli will complete the work together in 40/3 = 13 days
3
When a body travels different distances at different speeds, the average speed is the amount of time taken to travel
the total distance in total time.
Caution average speed SHOULD NOT BE CALCULATED as average of different speeds, i.e.
Case II: When the distance covered remains same and the speeds vary
When a man covers a certain distance with a speed of x km/h and another equal distance at the rate of y km/h.
then for the whole journey, the average speed is given by
Example:
A man travels 300 miles from point A to B with a speed of 80 mph. He then goes from B to A. If the average speed
of the man is 100 mph during the trip. What was his speed when he was moving from B to A?
Solution:
We know, Average Speed = 2xy/ (x + y)
Or, 100 = (2 X 80 X x)/ (x + 80)
Or, 100 = 160x/ (x + 80)
Or, 100x + 8000 = 160x
Or, 60x = 8000
So, x = 133.33
Practice Math:
1. Jawad travelled from his home to school by car at 40 kmph. On his way back, he crossed half the distance at
4 kmph and the remaining half by a bus at 30 kmph. What is his average speed of the round trip?
a. 30 b. 35 c. 40 d. 45 e. None of these
3. Adrito travels x miles in y hours and z minutes. What is his average speed in miles per hour?
a. x/ (y + 60z)
b. (60y + z)/x
c. 60x/ (y + z)
d. 60x/ (60y + z)
e. None of these
4. Parsa travels from hall to university by car at a speed of 30 km per hour and returns to her hall at a speed of
20 km per hour by her bike. What is her average speed in the entire journey in km/hour?
a. 22 b. 23 c. 24 d. 25 e. 26
5. Arshia traveled 20% of the way from Pallet town to Lavender town at an average speed of 30 miles/hour. He
travelled at an average speed of x miles/hour for the remaining part of the trip. The average speed for the entire
trip was 50 miles/hour. What is x?
6. Nafisa walked from point P to point Q and backed again, a total distance of 2 miles. If she averaged 4 miles
per hour on the trip from P to Q and 5 miles per hour on her return trip, what was her average walking speed
for the entire trip?
2 4 1
a. 2 mph b. 4 mph c. 4 mph d. 4 mph e. 5 mph
9 9 2
Answers
1. b 2. a 3. d 4. c 5. b
6. c
Solution:
𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒 (𝑑)
1. We know that, speed (s) =
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 (𝑡)
𝑑
Or, t=
𝑠
2𝑥𝑦
2. Since Nowshin is travelling the same distance with both the speeds, we use the formula for calculating the
𝑥+𝑦
average speed
2×20×60 2400
So, average speed = = = 30 kmph
20+60 80
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑡𝑎𝑛𝑐𝑒
3. We know, average speed =
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒
Here, total distance = x miles
total time = y hours z minutes
𝑧
= y hours + hours
60
60𝑦 + 𝑧
= hours
60
[Here, everything needs to be in the same unit]
𝑥 60𝑥
Therefore, average speed = 60𝑦+7 =
60𝑦+𝑧
60
Practice Math:
1. A farmer travelled a distance of 61 km in 9 hours. He travelled partly on foot at 4 km/hr and partly on bicycle
at 9 km/hr. The distance travelled on foot is:
a. 14 km b. 15 km c. 16 km d. 17 km e. 18 km
2. I travel the first part of my journey at 40 kmph and the second part at 60 kmph and cover the total distance of
240 km in 5 hours. How long did the first part of my journey last?
3. Ram covers a part of the journey at 20 kmph and the rest at 70 kmph taking total of 8 hours to cover a total
distance of 400 km. How long does he travel at 20 kmph?
a. 2 hours
b. 3 hours 20 minutes
c. 2 hours 40 minutes
d. 3 hours 12 minutes
e. None of these
4. A certain 90-mile trip took 2 hours. Exactly 1/3 of the distance traveled was by rail, and this part of the trip
took 1/5 of the travel time. What was the average rate, in miles per hour, of the rail portion of the trip?
Answers:
1. c 2. c 3. d 4. e
Solution:
3. If the distances travelled in both parts of the journey be x and (400 – x) kms, and the time required for each be
𝑥 400−𝑥
t1 = and t2 = respectively,
20 70
𝑥 400−𝑥
then, 8= +
20 70
7𝑥+800−2𝑥
Or, 8 =
140
Or, 5x = 1120 – 800
320
So, x = = 64
5
So, time required to complete 1st part of journey is
64
t1 = = 3.2 hours = 3 hours 12 mins
20
1 1 1 1 2
4. of the trip is equal to 90× = 30 miles and of the time is equal to 2× = hours.
3 3 5 5 5
2
Therefore, the distance travelled by rail is 30 miles and time taken is hours.
5
30 30×5
So, average speed for this part = 2 = = 75 mph
⁄5 2
Practice Math:
1. In covering a distance of 30 km, Abhay takes 2 hours more than Sameer. If Abhay doubles his speed, then he
would take 1 hour less than Sameer. Abhay's speed is:
2. A man covered a certain distance at some speed. Had he moved 3 kmph faster, he would have taken 40
minutes less. If he had moved 2 kmph slower, he would have taken 40 minutes more. The distance (in km) is:
2 1
a. 35 b. 36 c. 37 d. 40 e. None of these
3 2
3. A person traveled from his house to office at 30 kmph; then he was late to his office by 5 minutes. If he
increases his speed by 10 kmph he would be early by 15 minutes to his office. What should be his speed so
that he reaches his office on time ?
4. A man moves from A to B at the rate of 4 km/hr. Had he moved at the rate of 3.67 km/hr, he would have taken
3 hours more to reach the destination. What is the distance between A and B?
5. By walking at 3/4th of his usual speed, a man reaches office 20 minutes later than usual. What is his usual
time?
6. A lorry can travel thrice as fast when empty as when it is full. It travels 216 miles with full load, spends 2 hours
for unloading and returns to its original warehouse empty. It took 18 hours to complete the journey. What is
the speed when the lorry was fulll?
a. 18 b. 54 c. 28 d. 45 e. 16
Answers
1. a 2. d 3. b 4. b 5. b 6. a
Solution:
1
3. Total difference of time in both cases, (5 + 15) mins = 20 mins = hrs
3
Let, total distance be x.
𝑥 𝑥 1
So, − =
30 40 3
𝑥 1
Or, =
120 3
So, x = 40
40
Therefore, when travelling at 40 kmph, time required to reach office is = 1 ℎ𝑟
40
So, in order to reach office exactly on time, required time is (1 hrs + 15 mins)
15
= (1 hrs + hrs)
60
1
= (1 hrs + hrs)
4
5. If the distance remains constant, then for two different speeds, the ratio of the respective time required is
inverse of the ratio of the two speeds.
Here, the speed becomes 3⁄4 of the original so, the time will be 4⁄3 of the original. If the original time is
considered to be t hours, then,
4⁄ t – t = 1 [∵20 mins = 1 hrs]
3 3 3
1 1
Or, 𝑡 =
3 3
∴ t = 1 hour
6. Since distance travelled is same, the ratio of speeds and respective time required will be inverse. Here, the
ratio of speeds when empty and full is 3 : 1. So, ratio of time world be 1 : 3.
Now, since two hours have been spent unloading, total time of the trip was 16 hours. Dividing the time in the
ratio 1 : 3, we get 4 hours when it is empty and 12 hours when it is full.
216
So, speed of the lorry when full = = 18 mph
12
Practice Math:
1. The ratio of the speeds of two trains is 7 : 8. If the second train runs 400 km in 4 hours, then the speed of the
first train is:
2. It takes eight hours for a 600 km journey, if 120 km is done by train and the rest by car. It takes 20 minutes
more, if 200 km is done by train and the rest by car. The ratio of the speed of the train to that of the cars is:
a. 2 : 3 b. 3 : 2 c. 3 : 4 d. 4 : 3 e. None of these
3. Aman traveled two-fifth of the total distance of his trip by bike. He traveled the remaining distance on foot.
The ratio of his walking time to driving time was 10:3. Calculate the ratio of his driving speed to his walking
speed.
Answers:
1. d 2. c 3. b
Solution:
120 480
+ = 8 ......................(i)
𝑥 𝑦
200 400 25
+ = ........................(ii)
𝑥 𝑦 3
Now, multiplying (i) by 5 and (ii) by 3, we get,
600 2400
+ = 40..................... (iii)
𝑥 𝑦
600 1200
+ = 25 .................... (iv)
𝑥 𝑦
Subtracting (iv) from (iii), we get,
600 2400 600 1200
+ − − = 40 − 25
𝑥 𝑦 𝑥 𝑦
1200
Or, = 15
𝑦
So, y = 80
Therefore, ratio of the speed of train to that of car is 60 : 80 or, 3 : 4.
Practice Math:
1. A train can travel 50% faster than a car. Both start from point A at the same time and reach point B 75 kms
away from A at the same time. On the way, however, the train lost about 12.5 minutes while stopping at the
stations. The speed of the car is:
a. 100 kmph b. 110 kmph c. 120 kmph d. 130 kmph e. None of these
2. A man driving his bike at 24 kmph reaches his office 5 minutes late. Had he driven 25% faster, he would have
reached 4 minutes earlier than the scheduled time. How far is his office?
a. 24 km b. 72 km c. 18 km d. 6 km e. None of these
3. A truck uses one liter of diesel to travel 20 km. After an engine tune-up, the truck travels 10% farther on one
liter. How many liters of diesel (to the nearest tenth) will it take for the truck to travel 110 km. after a tune-up?
4. Aatiya intends to walk a certain distance in 1/5 less time than she usually takes. By what percent must she
increase her running speed to accomplish her goal?
Answers
1. c 2. c 3. b 4. a
Solution:
3. Travelling 10% fasrther, the truck would travel (20+10% of 20) or 22 km per liter of diesel.
So, after tune up, the truck would need,
110
( ) or 5 litres of diesel
22
4. If the time decreases by 1⁄5th, it becomes 4⁄5. Because of the inverse relation, the speed will have to become
5⁄ .
4
So, increase in speed = (5⁄4 − 1) × 100%
= 25%
If two objects are travelling in the same direction then their relative speed is determined by subtracting their speeds
and if the two objects are travelling in the opposite direction then the relative speed is determined by adding the two
speeds.
If x kmph and y kmph are the speeds of two objects travelling in the same direction, then their relative speed is (x - y)
kmph and if they are travelling in the opposite direction their relative speeds are (x + y) kmph.
অর্াৎ,
ণ দুটি বস্তুর গণত x এবং y হশ এবং তারা একই ণদশক যাবমান হয়, তাশদর আশপণেক গণত (x-y) এবং তারা ণবপরীত মুণখ্ হশ
তাশদর আশপণেক গণত (x+y)
Practice Math:
1. An escalator moves towards the top level at the rate of 11 ft/sec and its length is 140 feet. If a person walkss
on the moving escalator at the rate of 3 feet per second towards the top level, how much time does he take to
cover the entire length?
2. A and B participate in a 5000 m bicycle race which is being run on a circular track of 500 m. If the speed of A
and B are 20 m/s and 10 m/s respectively, what is the distance covered by A when he passes B for the seventh
time?
3. Two persons start running simultaneously around a circular track of length 400 m from the same point at
speeds of 15 kmph and 25 kmph. When will they meet for the first time anywhere on the track if they are
moving in the opposite direction?
4. Ajith and Rana walk around a circular course 115 km in circumference, starting together from the same point.
If they walk at speed of 4 kmph and 5 kmph respectively, in the same direction, when will they meet?
a. after 20 hours
b. after 115 hours
c. after 115 minutes
d. after 20 minutes
e. None of these
5. There are 4 people who has to cross a stretch of 300 km. They normally run at a speed of 10 kmph. One of
them has a bike that travels at 50 kmph. The biker first takes one person alone and crosses the stretch while
the other two keep running. Then he comes back without wasting time and picks up another person from the
way, drives him across the stretch, and does the same for the last person. How long does this whole process
take?
6. Two trains of equal length 120 metres move in the same direction. The faster train completely overtakes the
slower one in 15 seconds. If the slower train were to move at half its speed, the overtaking would take 10
seconds. At what speeds are the 2 trains moving (faster and slower respectively in m/s)
7. Two trains A and B start simultaneously from stations X and Y towards each other respectively. After meeting
at a point between X and Y, train A reaches station Y in 9 hours and train B reaches station X in 4 hours from
the time they have met each other. If the speed of train A is 36 km/hr, what is the speed of train B?
8. A man and a woman 81 miles apart from each other, start traveling towards each other at the same time. If
the man covers 5 miles per hour to the women's 4 miles per hour, how far will the woman have travelled when
they meet?
a. 27 b. 36 c. 45 d. 54 e. Cannot be determined
9. Two cars start towards the same destination at the same time. One car is 17 km behind the other. If the speed
of the car at the front is 630 m/minute and that of the other car is 970 m/minute, after how many minutes will
the two cars meet?
a. 50 b. 24 c. 25 d. 30 e. None of these
Answers
1. b 2. e 3. b 4. b 5. d
6. b 7. b 8. b 9. a
Solution:
1. Since, both the person and escalator are moving in the same direction.
the same direction,
the relative speed = (11+ 3) ft/ sec
140
= 14 ft/ sec. So, time required = sec = 10 sec
14
300
5. Time taken to carry the 2nd person = hours = 6 hours
50
(300−6×10)
Time taken to meet 3rd person = = 4 hours
(50+10)
300−100
Time taken to carry 3rd person = = 4 hours
50
[∵ since 10 hours passed before meeting 3rd person, he already travelled (10 × 10) kms on 100 kms]
(300−140)
Time taken to meet 4th person = = 8⁄3
60
500
(300− ) 8
Time taken to carry 4th person = 3
=
50 3
8 50 50 500
[∵ total (6 + 4 + 4 + ) on hours passed before meeting 4th person, so he already travelled (10× ) on
3 3 3 3
kms]
58
Therefore, total time = 6 + 4 + 4 + 8⁄3 + 8⁄3 = hours
3
1200
Or, y = × 2 = 16
150
So, x – 16 = 16
Therefore, x = 32
7. If two objects A and B start at the same time in opposite directions from the points and after passing each
other, they complete the journey in ‘x’ and ‘y’ hours respectively, then,
A’s speed : B’s speed = √𝑦 ∶ √𝑥
Therefore, in this case,
A’s speed : B speed = √4 ∶ √9 = 2 : 3
36
So, speed of B = × 3 = 54 kmph
2
Practice Math:
1. A person crosses a 600 m long street in 5 minutes. What is his speed in km per hour?
2
2. An airplane covers a certain distance at a speed of 240 kmph in 5 hours. To cover the same distance in 1
3
hours, it must travel at a speed of:
a. 300 kmph b. 360 kmph c. 600 kmph d. 720 kmph e. 800 kmph
3. If a person walks at 14 km/hr instead of 10 km/hr, he would have walked 20 km more. The actual distance
travelled by him is:
a. 50 km b. 56 km c. 70 km d. 80 km e. None of these
5. In a flight of 600 km, an aircraft was slowed down due to bad weather. Its average speed for the trip was
reduced by 200 km/hr and the time of flight increased by 30 minutes. The duration of the flight is:
6. If the speed of a man is 45 km per hour, then what is the distance traveled by him in 30 seconds?
7. Without any halt a train travels a certain distance with an average speed of 75 kmph , and with halts it covers
the same distance at an average speed of 60 kmph. When it is traveling with halts, how many minutes/per
hour does the train halt on an average?
8. Train A traveling at 60 km/hr leaves Mumbai for Delhi at 6 P.M. Train B traveling at 90 km/hr also leaves
Mumbai for Delhi at 9 P.M. Train C leaves Delhi for Mumbai at 9 P.M. If all three trains meet at the same time
between Mumbai and Delhi, what is the speed of Train C if the distance between Delhi and Mumbai is 1260
kms?
9. Ankon drove to work at an average speed of 27 miles per hour and returned home along the same route at an
average speed of 63 miles per hour. If his entire traveling time was 1 hour, what was the total number of miles
in the round trip?
a. 15 b. 18.9 c. 30 d. 36.5 e. 45
10. Mr. Antor traveled to his office from his home at speed of 5 km/hr. if his total traveling time was 7 hours, what
is the distance in kms, of his office from his home?
a. 35 b. 20 c. 25 d. 40 e. None of these
6 2 4
a. 25 b. 21 c. 22 d. 18 e. 26
7 13 9
12. A Pathao car charges Tk. 70 as base fare, Tk. 4.2 for each 0.3 of a kilometer and Tk. 150/ hour as the travelling
time charge. What will be the fare for a 9 kilometer trip if the travelling time is 140 minutes?
13. A traveler walked for two days. On the second day the traveler walked five hours longer and her speed was 4
miles per hour faster than that of the first day. If during the two days she walked a total of 231 miles and spent
a total of 23 hours, what was her speed (miles/hour) on the first day?
14. Zihan walks 25 blocks to work every morning at a rate of 5 miles per hour. If there are 50 blocks in a mile, how
long does it take him to walk to work?
Answers
1.b 2.d 3.a 4.d 5.a
6.c 7.b 8.c 9.b 10.a
11.c 12.d 13.b 14.c
Solution:
600 3 3
1. Speed in kmph = 5 × 50 [∵ 50 is the multiplier for converting metre/minute to kmph]
= 7.2 kmph
200 18 18
4. Required speed = 24 × 5 [∵ 5 is the multiplier for converting m/s to km/hr]
= 30 kmph
5 5
6. The distance traveled = 45 × × 30 [∵ is the multiplier for converting km/hr to m/s]
18 18
= 375 m
8. Relative speed between 1st and 2nd train is (90 – 60) = 30 kmph
The distance covered by the first train when 2nd train starts is (60 × 30) = 180 km
180
So, they meet 30 or, 6 hours after 2nd train starts, that is, at 3 a.m.
They meet the third train also at 3 a.m. (6 × 90) or, 540 kms from Mumbai.
So, distance from Delhi is (1260 – 540) = 720 kms.
720
Therefore, speed of Train C is 6 kmph = 120 kmph
189
So, x = 10 = 18.9 km
25 1
14. Distance for 50 blocks in miles is 50 miles = 2 miles
1 1
So, time required = 60 mins. = 10 60 = 6 mins.
25
Problems on Trains
Train Problems form an interesting portion of the time-distance problems. The Train Problems are a bit different from
the regular problems on the motion of the objects. This is because the size of the train needs to be taken into account.
Due to the small size of the cars and other objects, we take them as point objects. Since the size of the trains is
comparable to the distances that they may travel, then we have to take the size or the length of the trains into account
too.
Practice Math:
1. A train which is 390 m long, is running 45 kmph. In what time will it cross a person moving at 9 kmph in same
direction?
2. A train running at the speed of 63 km/hr took 18 seconds to pass a certain point. What was the length of the
train?
Answers
1. b 2. c
Solution:
Practice Math:
1. Two trains, 250 metres and 150 metres long respectively, are running on parallel lines. If they are running in
the same directions, the faster train crosses the slower train in 40 seconds. If they are moving in the opposite
direction they pass each other in eight seconds. What is the speed of the slower train?
2. A train 575 m long crosses a tunnel of length 325 in 90 sec. What is the speed of the train in kmph?
a. 28 b. 32 c. 36 d. 24 e. None of these
3. A train 250 meters long, travelling at 63 km/h, completely crosses a bridge in 50 seconds. How long is the
bridge?
4. Two trains are running on the same route at the rate of 35 and 70 miles per hour. If the first train starts out an
hour earlier, how long will it take the second train to catch up with it?
5. A train 350 meters long is moving at a speed of 54 km/hr. How long will it take to cross a man coming from
the opposite direction at a speed of 9 km/hr?
6. Two trains running in the same direction at 34 km/hr and 16 km/hr completely pass one another in 40 seconds.
If the length of the first train is 125 meters, what is the length of the second train?
7. Two trains are running on parallel lines in the same direction at a speed of 72 km/hr and 45 km/hr respectively.
The faster train crosses a man sitting in the slower train in 18 seconds. What is the length of the faster train?
a. 170 m b. 135 m c. 98 m d. 85 m e. 64 m
8. A train crosses a 600 meter long fly-over in 1.5 minutes and a lamp post in 15 seconds. What is the length of
the train?
Answers
1. d 2. c 3. d 4. a
5. a 6. d 7. b 8. c
575 + 325
2. Speed of the train = 90 m/s.
= 10 m/s
18
= 10 5 kmph
= 36 kmph.
5
5. Relative speed here = (54 + 9) × 18 m/s.
5
= 63 18 m/s.
= 17.5 m/s.
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 330
350
Therefore, required time = 17.5 seconds
= 20 seconds
5
6. So, relative speed = (34 – 16) × 18 m/s.
So, distance covered in 40 seconds
= (5 40) m
= 200 m
Therefore, length of second train = (200 – 125) m
= 75 m.
5
7. Relative speed here = ( 72 – 45) 18 m/s.
= 7.5 m/s.
So, length of faster train = (7.5 18) m
= 135 m
Practice Math:
1. A lady starts from P towards Q and realizes that at a point R, if she walks 50 km further she will be at a point
S, which is as far away from R as it is from Q. What is the distance between P and Q if the distance between P
and R is half the distance from R to Q? ( Assume that P, Q, R and S are all on the same straight line)
2. Two buses A and B leave the same bus depot, A towards the North and B towards the East. The bus A travels
at a speed of 5 km/hr more than that of the bus B. If after four hours the distance between the two buses is
100 km, find the speed of the bus A.
3. If two planes leave the same airport at 1:00 PM. how many miles apart will they be at 3:00 PM if one travels
directly north at 300 mph and the other travels directly west at 400 mph?
a. 100 miles b. 500 miles c. 1000 miles d. 800 miles e. None of these
Answers
1.a 2.c 3.c
Solution:
1. RS = 50km.
Given, QS = RS.
Again, PR = ½*RQ
Now, PQ = PR + RQ
= ½*RQ + RQ
= 3/2*RQ
= 3/2 *(RS + SQ)
= 3/2 * 2RS
= 3* 50km
= 150km
600
W E
800
Practice Math:
a. 18 m b. 20 m c. 27 m d. 9 m e. None of these
2. A and B take part in 100 m race. A runs at 5 kmph. A gives B a head start of 8 m and still beats him by 8
seconds. The speed of B is:
a. 5.15 kmph b. 4.14 kmph c. 4.25 kmph d. 4.4 kmph e. None of these
a. 60 m b. 40 m c. 20 m d. 10 m e. None of these
a. 100 m b. 111 m c. 25 m d. 50 m e. 70 m
2
5. A runs 1 times as fast as B. If A gives B a head start of 80 m, how far must the winning post be so that A and
3
B might reach it at the same time?
Answers
1. b 2. b 3. c 4. a
5. a
Solution:
3. To reach the winning post A will have to cover a distance of (500 - 140) m = 360 m.
While A covers 3 m, B covers 4 m
While A covers 360 m, B covers 350*4/3 = 480m
So, when A reaches the winning post, B stays behind = (500 - 480) m = 20 m
Important Note:
If the speed of boat travelling downstream (v + u) and upstream (v – u) are given, then
Practice Math:
1. A boat sailing against the current takes 6 hours to travel 36 km. If it had been sailing with the current the time
taken would have been only 4 hours. What is the speed of current?
2. Two boats on the opposite shores of a river start moving towards each other. When they pass each other, they
are 600 yards from one shoreline. They each continue to the opposite shore, immediately turn around and start
back. When they meet again, they are 300 yards from the other shoreline. Each boat maintains a constant
speed throughout. How wide is the river?
a. 1000 yards b. 1050 yards c. 2000 yards d. 2100 yards e. none of these
3. A man rowed 3 miles upstream in 60 minutes. If the river flowed with a current of 3 miles per hour, how long
did the man's return trip take?
4. A certain river has a current of 3 miles per hour. A boat takes thrice as long to travel upstream between two
points as it does to travel downstream between the same two points. What is the speed of the boat in still
water?
5. A boat travels for three hours with a current of 40 mph and then returns the same distance against the current
in 4 hours. What is the boat's speed in calm water?
6. With the wind, an airplane travels 1344 miles in seven hours. Against the wind, however, it takes eight hours.
Find the velocity of the wind.
7. A man can row 6 km/h in still water. The current in the river is running at 2 km/h. If it takes him 135 minutes
to row to a place and back, how far is the place?
8. A motorboat, whose speed is 15 km/hr in still water goes 40 km downstream and comes back in a total of 6
hours. The speed of the stream (in km/hr) is:
a. 4 b. 5 c. 6 d. 10 e. None
9. In one hour, a boat goes 13 km/hr along the stream and 7 km/hr against the stream. The speed of the boat in
still water (in km/hr) is:
10. A boat can travel with a speed of 15 km/hr in still water. If the speed of the stream is 4 km/hr, find the time
taken by the boat to go 76 km downstream.
11. A boatman goes 2 km against the current in 1 hour and goes 1 km with the current in 15 minutes. How long
will it take to go 5 km in still water?
12. The speed of a motor boat itself is 16 km/h and the rate of flow of the river is 4 km/h. Moving with the stream,
the boat went 120 km. What distance will the boat cover during the same time going against the stream?
a. 60 km b. 72 km c. 84 km d. 96 km e. 120 km
13. A boat can travel with a speed of 13 km/hr in still water. If the speed of the stream is 4 km/hr, find the time
taken by the boat to go 68 km downstream.
14. A man's speed with the current is 15 km/hr and the speed of the current is 2.5 km/hr. The man's speed against
the current is:
Answers
1. d 2. b 3. a 4. b 5. e
6. c 7. c 8. b 9. d 10. c
11. d 12. b 13. c 14. c
2. Let, the speed of the first boat be A yard/hr and speed of the second boat be B yard/hr
Let, the width of the river be x yards
At time t1, At1 = x – 600, Bt1 = 600
Or, B/A = 600/ (x – 600)
Or, B = 600A/ (x – 600)
At time t2, At2 = x + 300, Bt2 = 2x – 300
Or, B/A = (2x – 300)/(x+300)
Now, 600/(x – 600) = (2x – 300)/(x + 300)
Or, 600x + 180000 = 2x2 – 300x – 1200x + 180000
Or, 2x2 = 600x + 300x + 1200x
Or, x2 = 2100x /2
Or, x2 = 1050x
Or, x = 1050
68
13. Required time = 13 + 4 hrs.
= 4 hrs
14. The man’s speed in still water is (15 – 2.5) km/hr = 12.5 km/hr
So, speed against current = (12.5 – 2.5) km/hr = 10 km/hr
1. A man travels for 6 hours at a rate of 50 miles per hour. His return trip takes him 9 hours. What is his average
speed for the whole trip?
2. Jawad travels to IBA from Uttara by car at a speed of 40 km per hour and returns to Uttara at a speed of 30
km per hour by an auto rickshaw. What is his average speed in the entire journey in km/hour?
3. A hiker walked up Everest from a way station to an observation point and back to the way station by the same
route. His average speed for the ascent was 5 miles per hour, and his average speed for the descent was 9
miles per hour. If the observation point is exactly 14 miles from the way station, what was the hiker’s average
speed, in miles per hour, for the entire trip?
2 3 1 3
a. 7 mph b. 6 mph c. 3 mph d. 6 mph e. 4
5 7 3 5
4. One third of a certain journey was covered at the speed of 20 km per hour, one fourth at the rate of 30 km per
hour and the rest at the rate of 50 km per hour. Find the average speed (per hour) of the whole journey?
5. Maksud drove from home at an average speed of 30 mph to a bus station. He then took a bus to his office at
an average speed of 90 mph. The entire distance was 210 miles; the entire trip took three hours. Find the
distance from the bus station to the office.
6. On a certain trip, a motorist drove 20 miles at 30 miles per hour, 20 miles at 40 miles per hour, and 50 miles at
50 miles per hour. What portion of the total driving time was spent driving 50 miles per hour?
5 7 2 6 12
a. b. c. d. e.
7 13 3 13 47
7. Running at a constant rate of 8 miles per hour, it takes Parsa exactly one hour to reach home from school. If
she walks at a constant rate of 6 miles per hour, how many minutes will the trip take?
a. 46 b. 80 c. 84 d. 62 e. 96
8. Jawad and Mahim started from point A and reached point B in 15 minutes and 12 minutes respectively. If the
traveling speed of Jawad was 3 km/hr less than that of Mahim, what was the distance between A and B in
kms?
9. Nahian usually takes an Uber to his University from his house at a speed of 45 km per hour. It takes him 20
minutes longer to take a rickshaw for the same distance at 18 km per hour. What is the distance (in km)
between his house and University?
a. 12 b. 8 c. 15 d. 10 e. None of these
11. Mr. X and Mr. Y started from point A and reached point B in 18 minutes and 14 minutes respectively. If the
traveling speed of Mr. X was 7 km/hr less than that of Mr. Y, what was the distance between A and B in kms?
12. Two hikers start hiking from the starting point of a trail. The second hiker travels at 7 miles per hour and starts
3 hours after the first hiker who is traveling at 5 miles per hour. How much time will pass before the hiker
catches up with the first from the time the second hiker started hiking?
1 3
a. 5 hours b. 7 c. 4 d. 6 hours e. None of these
2 4
13. Arijit, Billu and Chunky start at the same time in the same direction to run around a circular stadium. Arijit
completes a round in 126 seconds, Billu in 231 seconds and Chunky in 297 seconds, all starting at the same
point. After what time will they all be again at the starting point?
14. A train leaves Abrar’s house and travels at 36 miles per hour. Two hours later, another train leaves from Abrar’s
house on the track parallel to the first train but it travels at 68 miles per hour. How far away from his house
will the faster train pass the other train?
a. 160 miles b. 172 miles c. 153 miles d. 136 miles e. 197 miles
15. Two friends start at the same time from opposite ends of a course that is 75 miles long. One friend is travelling
at 18 mph and the second friend is traveling at 27 mph. How long after they begin will they meet?
16. Abir can run 14 miles per hour, while Manish can run only 11 miles per hour. If they start at the same time from
the same point, and run in opposite directions, how far apart will they be after 18 minutes?
17. Manikganj and Comilla are 320 miles apart. If a train leaves Manikganj in the direction of Comilla, at 67 miles
per hour, how long will it take before that train meets another train, going from Manikganj to Comilla, at a speed
of 45 miles per hour?
Answers
Solution:
Therefore, distance for return trip is also 300 miles. Time taken for return is 9 hours.
300 100
So, speed during return trip = = mph
9 3
100 10000
2×50× 10000 3
The average speed = 100
3
= 3
150+100 = × = 40
50+ 3 250
3 3
𝑑
=
𝑡1 +𝑡2 +𝑡3
𝑑
= 𝑑 𝑑 𝑑
+ +
60 120 120
𝑑
= 4𝑑
120
𝑑×120
=
4𝑑
= 30 kmph
20 2
6. Time taken to drive 1st part, t1 = =
30 3
20 1
Time taken to drive 2nd part t2 = =
40 2
50
Time taken to drive 3rd part, t3 = =1
50
𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒 𝑓𝑜𝑟 3𝑟𝑑 𝑝𝑎𝑟𝑡
So, required fraction,
𝑡𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑡𝑖𝑚𝑒
1
=2 1
+ +1
3 2
1
= 4+3+6
6
6
=
13
147
So, x= = 7.35
20
13. We have to determine the L.C.M of 126, 231 and 247 which is 4158 seconds.
4158
On, mins = 69.3 mins = 69 mins 18 seconds
60
320
Therefore, the Trains will meet after hours = 2.86 hours
112
2
1. An aeroplane covers a certain distance at a speed of 240 kmph in 5 hours. To cover the same distance in 1
3
hours, it must travel at a speed of:
a. 300 kmph b. 360 kmph c. 600 kmph d. 720 kmph e. None of these
2. If a person walks at 14 km/hr instead of 10 km/hr, he would have walked 20 km more. The actual distance
travelled by him is:
a. 50 km b. 56 km c. 70 km d. 80 km e. 90 km
3. An ambulance travels 12 miles at a speed of 90 miles per hour. How fast must the ambulance travel on the
return trip if the round-trip travel time is to be 20 minutes?
4. At 10:00 a.m. train A left the Airport Railway Station and 3 hours later train B left the same station on a parallel
track. If train A averaged 50 kilometers per hour and train B averaged 65 kilometers per hour until B passed A,
at what time did B pass A?
a. 2:00 p.m. b. 5:00 p.m. c. 6:00 p.m. d. 11:00 p.m. e. 9:00 p.m.
5. A train traveling at 108 km/h crosses a platform in 30 seconds and a man standing on the platform in 18
seconds. What is the length of the platform in meters?
6. A train 240 meters long moving at a speed of 90 km/hr crosses a train 360 meters long coming from the
opposite direction in 10 seconds. What was the speed of the second train?
7. In a 200 meters race A beats B by 35 m or 7 seconds. A's time over the course is:
8. In a 300 m race A beats B by 22.5 m or 6 seconds. B's time over the course is:
9. A boat takes 90 minutes less to travel 36 miles downstream than to travel the same distance upstream. If the
speed of the boat in still water is 10 mph, the speed of the stream is:
10. A man can row at 5 kmph in still water. If the velocity of current is 1 kmph and it takes him 1 hour to row to a
place and come back, how far is the place?
11. A boat covers a certain distance downstream in 1 hour, while it comes back in 1.5 hours. If the speed of the
stream be 3 kmph, what is the speed of the boat in still water?
12. In one hour, a boat goes 11 km along the stream and 5 km against the stream. The speed of the boat in still
water (in km/hr)is:
13. A man rows downstream 32 km and 14 km upstream. If he takes 6 hours to cover each distance, then the
velocity (in kmph) of the current is:
14. If a man rows at the rate of 6 kmph in still water and his rate against the current is 4.5 kmph, then the man’s
rate along the current is
15. A boat moves upstream at the rate of 1 km in 20 minutes and downstream 1 km in 12 minutes. The speed of
the current is :
Answers
1. d 2. a 3. a
4. d 5. a
6. b 7. c 8. b
9. a 10. a
11. d 12. c 13. c 14. b 15. a
Solution:
12
3. Time required to cover the 12 miles = 90 × 60 minutes = 8 minutes.
So, time left round trip = (20 – 8) = 12 minutes
12
Therefore, required speed = 12 = 60 mph.
60
108×5
5. Speed of train = = 30 m/s.
18
Total distance travelled is (30 × 30) m = 900 m
Length of the train = 30× 18 = 540 m
And length of platform (900 – 540) m = 360 m
48x = 100 – x2
x2 + 48x – 100 = 0
x2 + 50x – 2x – 100=0
x (x + 50) – 2(x + 50) = 0
(x + 50) (x – 2) = 0
So, x = – 50 or, x = 2
But, x ≠ – 50
So, x = 2.
For example:
Let set A = {2, 4, 5, 6} and set B = {4, 6, 7, 8}
Taking every element of both the sets A and B, without repeating any element, we get a new set = {2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.
For example:
Let set A = {2, 3, 4, 5, 6} and set B = {3, 5, 7, 9}
In this two sets, the elements 3 and 5 are common. The set containing these common elements i.e., {3, 5} is the
intersection of set A and B.
Practice Math:
1. Let A and B be two finite sets such that n(A) = 20, n(B) = 28 and n(A ∪ B) = 36, which one of the following is the
value of n(A ∩ B)?
a. 13 b. 15 c. 12 d. 18 e. None of these
2. If n(A - B) = 18, n(A ∪ B) = 70 and n(A ∩ B) = 25, then what is the value of n(B)?
a. 52 b. 62 c. 45 d. 33 e. 56
3. In a group of 60 people, 27 like cold drinks and 42 like hot drinks and each person likes at least one of the two
drinks. How many like both coffee and tea?
a. 8 b. 15 c. 18 d. 9 e. 5
4. Let A = {x: x is a natural number and a factor of 18} and B = {x: x is a natural number and less than 6}. Which
one of the following is (A∪B)?
a. {2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 18}
b. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9}
c. {2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 18}
d. {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 18}
5. If P = {multiples of 3 between 1 and 20} and Q = {even natural numbers up to 15}. Which one of the following
is (P ∩ C)?
6. There are 30 students in a class. Among them, 8 students are learning both English and French. A total of 18
students are learning English. If every student is learning at least one language, how many students are
learning French in total?
a. 22 b. 10 c. 26 d. 20 e. 24
7. In a group, there were 115 people whose proofs of identity were being verified. Some had passport, some had
voter id and some had both. If 65 had passport and 30 had both, how many had voter id only and not passport?
a. 30 b. 50 c. 80 d. 90 e. 60
8. Among a group of people, 40% liked red, 30% liked blue and 30% liked green. 7% liked both red and green, 5%
liked both red and blue, 10% liked both green and blue. If 86% of them liked at least one color, what percentage
of people liked all three?
a. 10 b. 6 c. 8 d. 12 e. 14
9. In a class of 60 students, 40 students like math, 36 like science, 24 like both the subjects. Find the number of
students who like neither.
a. 8 b. 9 c. 10 d. 11 e. 12
10. At a breakfast buffet, 20 people chose coffee and 17 chose juice. 10 people chose both coffee and juice. If
each person chose at least one of these beverages, how many people visited the buffet?
a. 37 b. 30 c. 27 d. 13 e. 54
11. In a school there are 25 teachers who teach engineering or management. Of these, 15 teach engineering and
6 teach both engineering and management. How many teach management?
a. 14 b. 15 c. 16 d. 19 e. 21
12. In a class of 120 students, 70 students passed in English, 80 students passed in Bangla and 40 students
passes in both English and Bangla. How many students failed in both the subjects?
a. 10 b. 30 c. 40 d. 50 e. 60
13. In a class of 40 students, 12 enrolled for both English and German. 22 enrolled for German. If the students of
the class enrolled for at least one of the two subjects, then how many students enrolled for only English and
not German?
a. 34 b. 28 c. 10 d. 18 e. 16
14. Of the 200 candidates who were interviewed for a position at a call center, 100 had a two-wheeler, 70 had a
credit card and 140 had a mobile phone. 40 of them had both, a two-wheeler and a credit card, 30 had both, a
credit card and a mobile phone and 60 had both, a two-wheeler and mobile phone and 10 had all three. How
many candidates had none of the three?
a. 0 b. 10 c. 20 d. 30 e. 40
16. If in a set 8 members are present, then how many subsets does the set have?
17. In a group of 60 students, 45 students speak Spanish and 25 students can speak English and Spanish both,
then how many students can speak only English?
a. 25 b. 35 c. 45 d. 15 e. 55
18. Set B contains all prime numbers. Set C contains all even numbers. How many numbers are common to both
sets?
a. 0 b. 1 c. 2 d. 3 e. None of these
Answers:
1. c 2. a 3. d 4. d 5. c
6. d 7. b 8. c 9. a
10. c 11. c 12. a 13. d 14. b
15. a 16. a 17. d 18. b 19. b
Solution:
n(B - A) = 70 - 43
Or, n(B - A) = 27
4. A = {1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18}
B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5}
Therefore, A ∪ B = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 18}
6. 18 are learning English and 8 are learning both. This means that 18 – 8 = 10 are learning ONLY English.
n(E∪F) = 30, n(E) = 10
n(E∪F) = n(E) + n(F) – n(E∩F)
30 = 18+ n(F) – 8
n(F) = 20
Therefore, total number of students learning French = 20
13. Let A be the set of students who have enrolled for English and B be the set of students who have enrolled for
German.
Then, n(A∪B) is the set of students who have enrolled for at least one of the two languages. As the students
of the class have enrolled for at least one of the two languages, we will not find anyone outside A∪B in this
class.
So, n(A ∪ B) = 40
Or, n(A ∪ B) = n(A) + n(B) – n(A ∩ B)
Or, 40 = n(A) + 22 – 12
Or, n(A) = 30
n(only English) = n(English) - n(A ∩ B) = 30 - 12 = 18.
14. Number of candidates who had none of the three = Total number of candidates - number of candidates who
had at least one of three devices.
Total number of candidates = 200.
Number of candidates who had at least one of the three = n(A ∪ B ∪ C)
Where A is the set of those who have a two wheeler, B is the set of those who have a credit card and C is the
set of those who have a mobile phone.
n(A ∪ B ∪ C) = n(A) + n(B) + n(C) - {n(A ∩ B) + n(B ∩ C) + n(C ∩ A)} + n(A ∩ B ∩ C)
Therefore, n(A ∪ B ∪ C) = 100 + 70 + 140 - {40 + 30 + 60} + 10
Or, n(A ∪ B ∪ C) = 190.
As 190 candidates who attended the interview had at least one of the three gadgets, 200 - 190 = 10 candidates
had none of three.
18. Prime numbers are numbers with no other factors than themselves and one. Two is the first prime number
and the only even prime number. Other examples are 5, 7, 11, etc.
Even numbers are numbers divisible by 2. Set C includes all numbers ending in 0, 2, 4, 6, or 8.
Thus, there is one number common to both sets: 2.
n
Cr = n!/r!(n-1!)
A permutation is an arrangement of all or part of a set of objects, with regard to the order of the arrangement.
For example, suppose we have a set of three letters: A, B, and C. We might ask how many ways we can arrange 2 letters
from that set. Each possible arrangement would be an example of a permutation. The complete list of possible
permutations would be: AB, AC, BA, BC, CA, and CB.
n
Pr = n! /(n-1)!
If you have n items to choose from and you choose r of them, then the number of permutations with repetitions allowed
is nr.
Practice Math:
1. From a group of 7 men and 6 women, five persons are to be selected to form a committee so that at least 3
men are there on the committee. In how many ways can it be done?
2. In a group of 6 boys and 4 girls, four children are to be selected. In how many different ways can they be
selected such that at least one boy should be there?
3. How many 3-digit numbers can be formed from the digits 2, 3, 5, 6, 7 and 9, which are divisible by 5 and none
of the digits is repeated?
a. 5 b. 10 c. 15 d. 20 e. 25
4. In how many ways a committee, consisting of 5 men and 6 women can be formed from 8 men and 10 women?
5. A box contains 2 white balls, 3 black balls and 4 red balls. In how many ways can 3 balls be drawn from the
box, if at least one black ball is to be included in the draw?
6. In a group of 6 boys and 4 girls, four children are to be selected. In how many different ways can they be
selected such that at least one boy should be there?
7. From a group of 7 men and 6 women, five persons are to be selected to form a committee so that at least 3
men are there in the committee. In how many ways can it be done?
8. A bag contains 2 white balls, 3 black balls and 4 red balls. In how many ways can 3 balls be drawn from the
bag, if at least one black ball is to be included in the draw?
Answer
1. d 2. c 3. d 4. c
5. c 6. b 7. c 8. a
Solution:
1. We may have (3 men and 2 women) or (4 men and 1 woman) or (5 men only).
Required number of ways = (7C3 x 6C2) + (7C4 x 6C1) + (7C5)
= (525 + 210 + 21)
= 756.
2. We may have (1 boy and 3 girls) or (2 boys and 2 girls) or (3 boys and 1 girl) or (4 boys).
Required number of ways = (6C1 x 4C3) + (6C2 x 4C2) + (6C3 x 4C1) + (6C4)
= (24 + 90 + 80 + 15)
= 209.
3. Since each desired number is divisible by 5, so we must have 5 at the unit place. So, there is 1 way of doing it.
The tens place can now be filled by any of the remaining 5 digits (2, 3, 6, 7, 9). So, there are 5 ways of
filling the tens place.
The hundreds place can now be filled by any of the remaining 4 digits. So, there are 4 ways of
filling it.
Required number of numbers = (1 x 5 x 4) = 20.
6. In a group of 6 boys and 4 girls, four children are to be selected such that at least one boy should be there.
Hence, we have 4 options as given below
We can select 4 boys ... (option 1)
Number of ways to this = 6C4
7. From a group of 7 men and 6 women, five persons are to be selected with at least 3 men.
Hence, we have the following 3 options.
8. From 2 white balls, 3 black balls and 4 red balls, 3 balls are to be selected such that at least one black ball
should be there.
Hence we have 3 choices as given below
We can select 3 black balls...(option 1)
We can select 2 black balls and 1 non-black ball ...(option 2)
We can select 1 black ball and 2 non-black balls ...(option 3)
Number of ways to select 3 black balls = 3C3
Number of ways to select 2 black balls and 1 non-black ball = 3C2 × 6C1
Number of ways to select 1 black ball and 2 non-black balls = 3C1 × 6C2
Practice Math:
1. Tickets numbered 1 to 20 are mixed up and then a ticket is drawn at random. What is the probability that the
ticket drawn has a number which is a multiple of 3 or 5?
2. A bag contains 2 red, 3 green and 2 blue balls. Two balls are drawn at random. What is the probability that
none of the balls drawn is blue?
3. In a box, there are 8 red, 7 blue and 6 green balls. One ball is picked up randomly. What is the probability that
it is neither red nor green?
5. Three unbiased coins are tossed. What is the probability of getting at most two heads?
6. Two dice are thrown simultaneously. What is the probability of getting two numbers whose product is even?
7. In a lottery, there are 10 prizes and 25 blanks. A lottery is drawn at random. What is the probability of getting
a prize?
8. Two friends A and B apply for a job in the same company. The chances of A getting selected is 2/5 and that of
B is 4/7. What is the probability that both of them get selected?
9. In a game there are 70 people in which 40 are boys and 30 are girls, out of which 10 people are selected at
random. One from the total group, thus selected is selected as a leader at random. What is the probability that
the person, chosen as the leader is a boy?
10. An eight-digit telephone number consists of exactly two zeroes. One of the digits is repeated thrice. Remaining
three digits are all distinct. If the first three digits (from left to right) are 987, then find the probability of having
only one 9, one 8 and one 7 in the telephone number.
11. ABCD is a square. M is the midpoint of BC and N is the midpoint of CD. A point is selected at random in the
square. Calculate the probability that it lies in the triangle MCN.
Answer:
1. d 2. e 3. a 4. c
5. e 6. a 7. e
8. a 9. a 10. c 11. a
Solution:
8. P(A) = 2/5
P(B) = 4/7
E = {A and B both get selected}
P(E) = P(A)*P(B) = 2/5 * 4/7 = 8/35
9. The total groups contains boys and girls in the ratio 4:3
If some person are selected at random from the group, the expected value of the ratio of boys and
girls will be 4:3
If the leader is chosen at random from the selection, the probability of him being a boy = 4/7
Types of angles
Acute Angle
An acute angle is an angle which measures between 0⁰ and 90⁰.
Obtuse Angle
An obtuse angle is an angle which measures between 90⁰ and 180⁰.
Right Angle
An angle which measures exactly 90⁰ is called a right angle.
Straight Angle
An angle which measures exactly 90⁰ is called a straight angle.
Reflex Angle
When the value of an angle is greater 180⁰ it is called a reflex angle.
Complementary Angles
Two Angles are Complementary to each other when they add up to 90 degrees (a Right Angle). They don't have to be
next to each other, just so long as the total is 90 degrees.
Supplementary Angles
Two Angles are Supplementary when they add up to 180 degrees. They don't have to be next to each other, just so
long as the total is 180 degrees.
Fred’s Theorem
When a pair of parallel lines are crossed by a third straight line (called a transversal), then all the acute angles formed
are equal, and all of the obtuse angles are equal.
Practice Math:
a. 30°
b. 45°
c. 60°
d. 90°
e. Cannot be determined
a. 30°
b. 45°
c. 50°
d. 60°
e. Cannot be determined
4. In the figure, a + b + d =?
a. 170°
b. 185°
c. 200°
d. 205°
e. 215°
a. 240°
b. 300°
c. 360°
d. 420°
e. None of these
a. 120°
b. 150°
c. 90°
d. 135°
e. None of these
a. 140⁰
b. 130⁰
c. 152⁰
d. 60⁰
e. 80⁰
8. In the figure, AB ll CD, ∠EOG = 90⁰ and ∠EMD = 35⁰. What is the measurement of ∠x?
a. 125⁰
b. 160⁰
c. 85⁰
d. 90⁰
e. 135⁰
a. 40⁰
b. 70⁰
c. 125⁰
d. 150⁰
e. Cannot be determined
10. A flag pole, which is 36.2 ft high, casts a shadow of 5 ft at 11 a.m. The shadow cast by a tower at the same
time is 35 ft long. The height of the tower is
a. 153.4 ft
b. 203.4 ft
c. 200 ft
d. 186.3 ft
e. 253.4 ft
Answers:
1.e 2.b 3.c 4.e 5.c
6.a 7.b 8.a 9.e 10.e
1. We do not have enough data to calculate the value of Y. Additional information such as the value of
Its corresponding angle or
Its alternate angle or
Its vertically opposite angle or
Its adjacent angle
Is required.
2. b = c …………………(i)
2
d= b
3
2
or, d = c …………(ii) [Since, b =c]
3
a = 2d
2
or, a = 2( c) [From, (ii)]
3
4
or, a = c …..…...(iii)
3
8. ∠EOG = 90⁰
Therefore, ∠FOG = 90⁰... (i) [Supplementary angle]
∠MOG + ∠OGM + ∠MGO = 180⁰
or, 90⁰ + 35⁰ + ∠MGO = 180⁰
or, ∠MGO = 55⁰
9. We need to know (directly or indirectly) the value of the supplementary angle or the vertically opposite angle
in order to find out the value of ∠EMH for which we do not have sufficient data.
A triangle is a closed figure with three sides, each side being a line segment. The sum of the angles of a triangle is
always 180.
Classification of Triangles:
• Acute angled triangles are triangles where each angle inside the triangle is an acute angle.
• Obtuse angled triangles are triangles where at least one angle inside the triangle is an obtuse angle.
• Scalene triangles are triangles with no two sides equal. Scalene triangles also have no two angles equal.
• Isosceles triangles have two equal sides and two equal angles which are opposite to the equal sides.
• Equilateral triangles have all three sides and all three angles equal. Since the sum of the three angles of a
triangle is 180°, each angle of an equilateral triangle is 60°.
• Right angled triangle has one angle equal to a right angle (90°). The sum of the other two angles of a right
triangle is, therefore, 90°.
a. 12°
b. 18°
c. 15°
d. 9°
e. 10°
a. 60⁰
b. 45⁰
c. 75⁰
d. 30⁰
e. None of these
3. In the ∆ABC, ∠OBC = ½ ∠ABC and ∠OCB = ½ ∠ACB. If ∠BAC = 70⁰, then determine the value of ∠BOC in degrees?
a. 135°
b. 85°
c. 105°
d. 100°
e. 125°
a. 50⁰
b. 70⁰
c. 60⁰
d. 80⁰
e. 90⁰
6. PQR is a triangle. If S is a point in the plane of the triangle such that the perpendicular distance from S to the
three sides of the triangle are all equal, then there exist(s)
7. If the largest angle in a triangle is 70°, what is least possible value of the smallest angle of the triangle?
9. What is the measure of the circumradius of a triangle whose sides are 9, 40 and 41?
10. The area of a triangle is 30 cm2. The perpendicular distance from one of the vertex to the opposite side is 5
cm. what is the length of the largest possible side of the triangle?
Answers:
1.d 2.a 3.e 4.d 5.b
6.a 7.c 8.b 9.d 10. e
Solutions:
1. 8x + 9x + 3x = 180
or, 20x = 180
or, x=9
5. MN || XY [both MN and XY form the same angle with the line YZ]
Since, MN is a bisector, ZN =NY
Therefore, ZM = MX
[If we connect the middle points of two of the three sides of a triangle, the resulting line will be parallel to the
third line. Therefore, if we have a line such that it is parallel to one side and intersects another at the middle
then the said line will intersection the other line at the middle point as well.]
Since, we have to find the smallest possible value of an angle in the triangle, the value of x has to be maximum.
Since the largest angle is 70°, the highest possible value of x too is 70° since any greater a value of x would
make that value the largest angle. Now since the acceptable (largest possible) value of x is 70°,
8. 7, 24 and 25 form one of the many Pythagorean triplets (Pythagorean triplets are integer solutions to the
Pythagoras’ theorem). Therefore, the triangle is a right-angled triangle. For a right-angled triangle, the
circumradius is always half its hypotenuse. Therefore, in this case, the circumradius = 25/2 = 12.5
In case of non-Pythagorean triplets (sides a, b and c), use the formula,
𝑎𝑏𝑐
Circumradius, r = [∆ is the area of the triangle]
4∆
9. 9, 40 and 41 form one of the many Pythagorean triplets (Pythagorean triplets are integer solutions to the
Pythagoras’ theorem). Therefore, the triangle is a right-angled triangle. For a right-angled triangle, the
circumradius is always half its hypotenuse. Therefore, in this case, the circumradius = 41/2 = 20.5
In case of non-Pythagorean triplets (sides a, b and c), use the formula,
𝑎𝑏𝑐
Circumradius, r = 4∆
[Note: A Pythagorean triple consists of three positive integers a, b, and c, such that a² + b² = c² where c> a, b]
10. The height of the triangle is 5 cm. so the length of the base = 12 cm
If the triangle is a right angled triangle, we can determine the length of the hypotenuse. Which is 13 cm
But if the triangle is an obtuse angled triangle, then there is no way to determine the length of the two sides
other than the base.
The Pythagorean triplet is a shortcut formula taken from the Pythagorean theorem, where all three side lengths of a
right-angle triangle are integers and satisfy a + b = c .
2 2 2
The largest number signifies the hypotenuse, where the other two denote base and height.
The most common example for a triplet is (3, 4, 5), where 5 is the length of the hypotenuse and 3 & 4 are the base and
height and 32 + 42 = 52.
The following and the multiple of the following are common Pythagorean
Triples:
(3, 4, 5), (5, 12, 13), (7, 24, 25), (8, 15, 17), (9, 40, 41),
(11, 60, 61), (20, 21, 29)
Some certain angle sets also follow the Pythagorean Theorem. They are:
i.45°, 45°, 90°; Opposite sides are at a ratio of (1, 1, √2)
ii.30°, 60°, 90°; Opposite sides are at a ratio of (1, √3, 2),
Practice Math
a. 12 cm
b. 13 cm
c. 14 cm
d. 15 cm
d. 16 cm
a. 9
b. 14
c. 6
d. 10
e. 16
a. 12 cm
b. 13 cm
c. 25 cm
d. 10 cm
e. 16 cm
4. Starting from a point X, a man travels 4√2 kilometers north-east and reaches a point Y. Then he travels 4
kilometers north and reaches a point Z. Then he travels 8√2 kilometers north-east and reaches the point V.
what is the distance from point X to point V?
a. 12 cm b. 16 cm c. 20 cm d. 24 cm e. 28 cm
5. The figure represents the starting position (AB) and the finishing position (CD) of a ladder as it slips. The ladder
is leaning against a vertical wall. AC = x, OC = 4AC, BD = 2AC and OB = 5 m. find the length of the ladder.
a. 26 cm
b. 27.5 cm
c. 18 cm
d. 9.1 cm
e. None of these
6. The upper end of the pole PR, slides down 17 m to a point on the wall, X. Calculate YR, the distance the lower
end of the pole has slid away from its original position R. (PQ = 24 m and RQ = 7 m).
a. 16 m
b. 12 m
c. 13 m
d. 17 m
e. none of these
7. The perimeter of a right-angled triangle is 60 cm. its hypotenuse is 25 cm. find the area of the triangle.
a. 150 cm2
b. 225 cm2
c. 300 cm2
d. 440 cm2
e. None of these
Answers:
1. c 2. e 3. e 4. c 5. e
6. d 7. a
2. X2 + (x-4)2 = (x+4)2
X2 = (x+4+x-4) (x+4-x+4)
X2 = 2x*8
x = 16
4. Traveling north-east means travelling in the 45° angle direction. For a right-angled triangle whose angles are
in the ratio of 45°, 45°, 90°, opposite sides are in the ratio of (1, 1, √2). So, traveling 𝑥√2 km north-east is
equivalent to travelling 𝑥 km to the east and then 𝑥 km to the north.
So, equivalent distance traveled towards the east = 4+8 km = 12 km
And equivalent distance traveled north = 4+4+8 = 16 km
So, the distance between point x and point V is √122 + 162 = 20 km
Practice Math
1. The area of an equilateral triangle is 48√3. What is the perimeter of the triangle?
2. In the figure, AC = 10 units and AB = CD = 6 units. What is the ratio of the area of ∆ABD and area of ∆ABC?
a. 1:4
b. 2:3
c. 3:4
d. 1:2
e. None of these
3. Areas of ∆ABC and ∆ADE are 16 sq. cm and 9 sq. cm. DE ll BC and ∆AEF is an equilateral triangle. What is the
ratio of CE and EF?
a. 2:5
b. 7:4
c. 8:3
d. 1:3
e. Cannot be determined
4. The sum of all the three sides of an equilateral triangle is 72. Find the height of this triangle.
5. If the perimeters of an equilateral triangle and a square are the same, then what is the ratio of the area of the
square to the area of the equilateral triangle?
6. If the area of triangle ABC is 1/4 (a2+b2) where a and b are the lengths of two sides, find the angles of the
triangle.
7. The sum of three sides of an isosceles triangle equals 14m; the ratio of lateral side to the base is 5 : 4. Find
the area of the triangle in square meters.
8. The length of the three sides of a triangle is in the ratio of 5:12:13. The difference between largest side of this
triangle and the smallest side of this triangle is 1.6 centimeters. Find the area of the triangle?
9. The three side of a triangle are 3 cm, 4 cm and 5 cm respectively, then its area is:
Answers:
1.d 2.a 3.d 4.e 5. e
6.a 7.e 8.c 9.a 10. c
Solution:
√3
1. The area of an equilateral triangle with the side “x” is = 𝑥 2 ∗ .
4
√3
Solving 𝑥2 ∗ = 48√3, we get x= 8√3. So the perimeter of the equilateral tringle is 3x= 3*(8√3) = 24√3
4
½∗𝐴𝐵∗ 𝐵𝐷 𝐵𝐷
∆ABD/∆ABC = = =2/8 = 1:4
½∗𝐴𝐵∗𝐵𝐶 𝐵𝐶
3. In two similar triangles, the ratio of their areas is the square of the ratio of their sides.
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 𝐴𝐶 2
=( ) =16/9
∆𝐴𝐷𝐸 𝐴𝐸
𝐴𝐶
or, = 4/3
𝐴𝐸
Again, AC = AE + CE
So, CE= 1
CE: AE = 1:3,
CE: EF = 1:3, since AE = EF = AF
5. Let, length of one side of the square be “a” and that of the triangle be x
4a= 3x
a = (3/4) x
𝑠 𝑠√3
6. The sides in a (30° − 60° − 90°) triangle are , ,𝑠. where s is the hypotenuse and s/2 is the smallest side.
2 2
2 2 2
a +b = h
b= h/2
area = ½ b*h
or, ½ (h/2) *h
or, ¼ *h2
or, ¼ *(a2 +b2)
8. 13x- 5x = 1.6
8x = 1.6
x = 0.2
So the smallest side is 5*0.2 or, 1 cm, other side is 12* 0.2 or, 2.4 cm.
Since the sides of the triangle are Pythagorean triplets, the area is 0.5*1*2.4 or, 1.2 cm 2.
Congruent Triangles:
Triangles are congruent when all corresponding sides and interior angles are congruent. The triangles will have the
same shape and size, but one may be a mirror image of the other.
Any triangle is defined by six measures (three sides, three angles). But you don't need to know all of them to show that
two triangles are congruent. Various groups of three will do. Triangles are congruent if:
Similar Triangles
Triangles are similar if they have the same shape, but can be different sizes. (They are still similar even if one is rotated,
or one is a mirror image of the other).
Triangles are similar if they have the same shape, but not necessarily the same size. You can think of it as "zooming
in" or out making the triangle bigger or smaller, but keeping its basic shape. This means that all the corresponding
angles will be equal but the sides will not be. However, the ratio of each pair of corresponding sides will be equal.
1. In the figure, DE ll BC. If the area of triangle ADE is 4 times that of the trapezium
BDEC. What is the ratio of AE to AC?
a. 1:4
b. 1:√3
c. 2:1
d. 5:2
e. 2:√5
a. 10
b. 15
c. 12.5
d. 15
e. 14
a. 10
b. 12
c. 14
d. 16
e. None of these
4. In the figure, FE and JH are parallel. what is the area of the triangle FGE?
a. 6 m2
b. 8 m2
c. 10 m2
b. 12 m2
e. None of these
5. In the figure, STU is a right-angled triangle, SU = 10 cm, TU = 6 cm, angle STU = UVT = 90°. Find the length of
SV.
a. 4.8 cm
b. 3.6 cm
c. 6.4 cm
d. 8.4 cm
e. None of these
a. 9.5 m
b. 6.2 m
c. 11.52 m
d. 12.5 m
e. None of these
7. The perimeters of two similar triangles ABC and PQR are 40 cm and 60 cm respectively. if PQ = 12 cm, find
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶
∆𝑃𝑄𝑅
Answers:
1.e 2.a 3. a 4. a 5. c
6.c 7.c
Solution:
2. 𝐴𝐵⁄𝐶𝐷 = 𝐵𝐷⁄𝐷𝐸
7.5⁄ = 𝐵𝐷⁄
6 8
BD= 10
5. ST = √102 − 62 = 8
Triangles SUT and SVT are similar.
SV/ST = ST/SU
Or, SV = 8*8/10 = 6.4
7. The ratio of the perimeters of triangles ABC and PQR is 40/60 = 2/3
So, the length of side of the triangle ABC which is corresponding to PQ is equal to 8 cm
∆𝐴𝐵𝐶 82
Therefore, = = 0.44
∆𝑃𝑄𝑅 122
Type 6: Quadrilaterals
Quadrilaterals are polygons with 4 sides. The two kinds of quadrilaterals that we will need to deal with most are
parallelograms and trapezoids.
Practice Math
a. ∠A
b. ∠B
c. ∠C
d. ∠D
e. Cannot be determined
2. The perimeter of a quadrilateral is 48 units. What is the maximum possible area of the quadrilateral?
3. The area of a quadrilateral is 256 sq. units. What is the minimum possible perimeter of the quadrilateral?
Solution:
1. Here, the greatest side is CD=6. The angle opposite to side CD is angle B. The angle opposite to the greatest
side is the greatest angle. Therefore, B is the greatest angle.
2. The maximum possible area of a quadrilateral is formed when it is a square. If the given quadrilateral is a
square, then the length of one side of the square is (48/4) or 12 units.
So, the area of the square is 122 sq. units or 144 sq. units.
3. For a given quadrilateral the perimeter is minimized if it is a square. So considering the given quadrilateral to
be a square, the length of one side is √256 units or 16 units.
So, the required minimum perimeter is 4*16 units or 64 units.
Type 7: Parallelograms
Parallelograms: They are four-sided flat shapes whose opposite sides are both equal and parallel to each other. A
parallelogram has two pairs of opposite sides that are parallel and equal in length. A parallelogram also has two pairs
of opposite angles that are also equal to each other. The adjacent angles form supplementary angles that add up to
180 degrees. The diagonals of a parallelogram will always bisect each other or meet at exactly the midpoint of each
diagonal.
Practice Math
a. AB > AD
b. AB < AD
c. CD > AB
d. CD < BC
e. None of these
a. 60⁰
b. 100⁰
c. 75⁰
d. 80⁰
e. None of these
4. In the parallelogram ABCD, CD = 7. F is the midpoint of EB. What is the ratio of the area of the shaded region
to the area of the parallelogram?
5. In parallelogram ABCD, DE = 3 and CE = 2. What is the ratio of the shaded region to the area of the
parallelogram?
In the triangle ODC, the line OE divides the base in the ratio 3:2. So the ratio of the areas of triangles ODE and
OCE is 3:2.
Again, we know that the diagonals of a parallelogram divide it into four triangles of equal areas. So, area of
triangle ODC to the area of the parallelogram ABCD is 1:4.
Answers:
1.a 2.c 3.b 4.a 5.b
Solution:
4. Since CD = 7, AB = 7.
Now, in right angled triangle ADE, AD = 5 and AE = 4. Therefore, DE = 3. So, CE = 4.
So, area of triangle BEC = 0.5 * 4 * 4 = 8 sq. units.
And, area of triangle BFC = 4 sq. units (since CF divides the triangle BEC into two equal parts as F is midpoint
of BE).
Area of parallelogram ABCD = 7*4 sq. units = 28 sq. units.
So, the required ratio = 4/28 = 1/7.
5. In the triangle ODC, the line OE divides the base in the ratio 3:2. So the ratio of the areas of triangles ODE and
OCE is 3:2.
Rectangles are four-sided flat shapes with four right angles. The first property of rectangles is that they have four 90-
degree angles. The second property is that the opposite sides of a rectangle are parallel and equal in length to each
other. Basically, a parallelogram whose all four angles are equal to each other and measures 90 degrees (a right angle)
is called a rectangle. The diagonals of a rectangle will always bisect each other or meet at exactly the midpoint of each
diagonal
Practice Math
a. 60
b. 48
c. 56
d. 42
e. 38
2. Old McDonald built a fence around his rectangular farm that covered 3 sides of the farm. Only the 12 ft. wide
entrance was not covered. If the area of the farm is 156 sq. ft., what was the length of the fence?
a. 38 b. 52 c. 26 d. 30 e. 48
3. In the rectangle ABCD, the perimeter is 48. What is the maximum possible area of ABCD?
4. In rectangle ABCD, the perimeter is three times the side AB. If AB = 10, then what is the area of the rectangle?
a. 40 b. 25 c. 82 d. 68 e. 50
a. 75
b. 60
c. 48
d. 55
e. 105
6. The sides of a rectangular floor are 12 feet and 20 feet respectively. A rectangular caret when placed on the
floor exposes 5 feet wide strip of floor on each side. What is the area of the carpet?
7. The perimeter of a rectangle is 50 feet and its area is 150 sq. feet. Find the length L, such that L > W.
a. 12 b. 20 c. 15 d. 25 e. 10
9. The sides (other than the hypotenuse) of a right triangle are in the ratio of 3:4. A rectangle is described ion its
hypotenuse, the hypotenuse being the longer side of the rectangle. The breadth of the rectangle is 4/5 of its
length. Find the shortest side of the right triangle if the perimeter of the rectangle is 180 cm.
a. 10 cm b. 15 cm c. 20 cm d. 25 cm e. 30 cm
10. Length and breadth of a rectangular park is in ratio 5:2. A 2.5 m path moves around outside of the park has an
area of 305 sq. m. Find the area of the park.
11. Two crossroads, each 2 m wide, run at right angles through the centre of a rectangular park of length 64 m
and breadth 38 m, such that each is parallel to one of the sides of the rectangle. Find the area of the remaining
part of the park.
Answers:
1.d 2.a 3.d 4.e 5.b
6.c 7.c 8.e 9.d 10.b
11. a
Solution:
6. The length of both the sides decrease and become, (20 – 2*5)
or 10 and (12 – 2*5) or 2 ft respectively.
Area of the carpet = 10*2 = 20 ft2 5 ft
7. There is only one combination of length and breadth for which the area is 150 sq. feet and perimeter is 50 feet.
And the combination is length 15 feet and breadth 10 feet.
Alternative method,
Let length be x and breadth be y.
A/Q,
2 (x + y) = 50 and xy = 150
Solving for these two we will get two values of x, 15 and 10. We consider 15 to be the value because given that
L > W.
So, we can see that the park can be considered to be divided into four similar parts each with dimensions
31*18.
So, the total area of the park without the area of the road is 4*31*18 = 2232
Type 9: Squares
Squares are quadrilaterals whose sides are all the same size and whose angles are all right angles measuring 90
degrees. So, if all the sides of a rectangle become equal to each other, the rectangle becomes a square.
a. 40
b. 50
c. 60
d. 45
e. 64
2. Each side of a square is increased 20%. What is the corresponding change in area?
4. A room is to be filled with square shaped tiles with each side measuring 4 inches. Each file costs Tk 3. The
dimension of the room is 8 ft. by 12 ft. What is the total cost of tiles required to cover the room?
5. A square with area 64 m2 has the same perimeter as a rectangle with a side of 5 meters. What is the area of
the rectangle?
a. 65 b. 55 c. 75 d. 60 e. 50
6. In square ABCD, E and F are midpoints of AB and BC respectively. What is the area of
∆DEF?
a. 10.5
b. 13
c. 21.5
d. 17
e. 13.5
Answers:
1.b 2.c 3.b 4.c 5.b
6.e
2. Let, the length of a side of a square be 1. As one side is increased by 20%, the side becomes 1.2
Area of the square before increase = 1*1 = 1
Area of the square after increase = 1.20*1.20 = 1.44
Change in area = (1.44 – 1.0) = 0.44 = 44%
6. AE=BE=3, BF=CF=3
The area of square ABCD = 62 = 36
Area of triangle AED = ½ * 6 * 3 =9
Area of triangle DCF = ½ * 6 * 3 = 9
Area of triangle BEF = ½ * 3 * 3 = 4.5
Therefore, area of triangle DEF = 36 – 9 – 9 – 4.5 = 13.5
Practice Math
1. The parallel sides of a trapezium are 20 cm and 10 cm. Its nonparallel sides are both equal, each being 13 cm.
Find the area of the trapezium.
a. 180 cm² b. 488 cm² c. 256 cm² d. 324 cm² e. Cannot be determined
2. The perimeter of an isosceles trapezium is 176 cm and the parallel sides are 48 cm and 78 cm respectively.
Find the length of the diagonal d.
a. 52 cm b. 60 cm c. 64 cm d. 72 cm e. Cannot be determined
3. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB is parallel to CD. AB = 50 cm and CD = 70 cm. If P and Q are the midpoints of
AD and BC respectively. What is the length of PQ?
a. 55 cm b. 60 cm c. 65 cm d. 68 cm e. None of these
4. ABCD is a trapezium in which AB is parallel to CD. AB = 70 cm and CD = 50 cm. If P and Q are the midpoints of
AD and BC respectively. What is the ratio of the area of PQDC to the area of ABQP?
Answers:
1. a 2. 3.a 4.b 5.d
2. The length of the non-parallel sides is (176-48-78)/2 or 25 cm each. So, the length of each side can be
calculated as follows:
3. Join B with p and extend it to G to meet with CD. In triangle PCD and triangle APG
4. In triangle ADB, P is the midpoint of side AD. A line drawn through the midpoint of side AD parallel to base AB
meets opposite side BD at R, so that DR = RB and PR = 0.5 AB.
A polygon is a closed figure where the sides are all line segments. Each side must intersect exactly two other sides
but only at their endpoints. The sides must be non-collinear and have a common endpoint.
For a polygon with ‘n’ sides, the sum of all internal angles = (n-2) * 180
For a regular polygon, i.e. polygon whose all sides are equal, each interior angle measures = {(n-2)*180}/n
Practice Math
1. If a regular polygon has each of its angles equal to three-fifth of two right angles, then the number of sides is:
a. 3 b. 4 c. 5 d. 6 e. 8
2. The sum of all interior angles of a regular polygon is twice the sum of all the exterior angles. The number of
sides of the polygon is:
a. 10 b. 8 c. 12 d. 6 e. 9
a. 70⁰
b. 45⁰
c. 90⁰
d. 25⁰
e. None of these
a. 32√3
b. 15√2
c. 9
d. 18
e. 16√3
5. Each interior angle of a regular polygon is 120 degrees greater than each exterior angle. How many sides are
there in the polygon?
a. 6 b. 8 c. 12 d. 13 e. 15
7. What is the measure of in circum-radius of the triangle whose sides are 5, 12 and 13?
8. If the sum of the interior angles of a regular polygon measures up to 144° degrees, how many sides does the
polygon have?
9. A piece of land shaped like a regular hexagon was divided equally among two brother. If the length of each
side of the original piece of land was 4 miles, what was the area of and each brother received?
a. 12√3
b. 16
c. 24
d. 24√3
e. None of these
Answers:
1.c 2.d 3.b 4.a 5.c
6.c 7.c 8.a 9.a
Solutions:
2. Let, the number of sides of the polygon be n and, the interior angle be x. Now,
Exterior angle = 180⁰ - interior angle
Or, exterior angle = 180⁰ - x
Since, sum of all interior angles = 2× sum of all exterior angles
nx = n×2×(180⁰ - x)
or, x = 2×(180⁰ - x)
or, x = 360⁰ - 2x
or, 3x = 360⁰
or, x = 120⁰
4. BE = 16cm [The length of a diagonal of a regular hexagon is equal to two times the length of its side]
According to Pythagoras’ theorem,
𝐴𝐵2 + 𝐴𝐸 2 = 𝐵𝐸 2
or, 82 + 𝐴𝐸 2 = 162
or, 𝐴𝐸 2 = 192
or, 𝐴𝐸 = 8√3
1
Therefore, Area = ×AE×AE
2
1
or, Area = ×8×8√3
2
or, Area = 32√3
6. There are 8 vertices to choose from and we only need 3 vertices to form a triangle. Therefore, number of
triangles in an octagon,
8
8! 8×7×6×5×4×3×2×1 8×7×6×5×4×3×2×1
C3 = = = = 56
3!(8−3)! 3×2×1×(5)! 3×2×1×5×4×3×2×1
Practice Math
a. 32 b. 22 c. 44 d. 56 e. None of these
a. 54 m b. 42 m c. 33 m d. 42 m e. None of these
5. What is the difference between the hour hand of a clock and the minute hand when the clock strikes 4:20?
6. What is the difference between the hour hand of a clock and minute hand at 12:30?
a. 12π
b. 18π
c. 24π
d. 36π
e. 40π
9. In the figure, O is the center of the circle. Which is one of the following must be true
about the perimeter of the triangle?
10. In the figure above, A and B are centers of two circles that touch each other externally. What is the area of the
circle whose diameter is AB?
a. 4π
b. 25π/4
c. 9π
d. 16π
e. 25π
11. The side length of a square inscribed in a circle is 2. What is the area of the circle?
a. π
b. √2π
c. 2π
d. 2√2π
e. π2
12. In the figure, O is the center of the circle. ∠OBC = 40⁰. What is the value of ∠BAC?
a. 45⁰
b. 50⁰
c. 55⁰
d. 60⁰
e. None of these
13. If the diameter of a circle is doubled, how much does the area change?
a. Area is doubled
b. Area is tripled
c. Area is quadrupled
14. In this figure, O is the center of the circle with radius 4 and a vertex of square OABC. What is the length of AC?
a. 2
b. 4
c. 4√2
d. 2√2
e. Cannot be determined
15. Here, ABCD is a square whose one side CD is a chord on the circle with center O. If the radius of the circle is 5,
what is the length of BD?
a. 5
b. 5√2
c. 10
d. 10√2
e. 3√2
a. 30⁰
b. 45⁰
c. 60⁰
d. 80⁰
e. None of these
17. In the figure, ∠BED = 110° and ∠CDE = 100°. What is the value of ∠A?
a. 30°
b. 40°
c. 50°
d. 60°
e. 65°
a. 16
b. 24
c. 28
d. 32
e. None of these
19. ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral and AB is the diameter of the circle. If ∠CAB = 48 °, then what is the value (in
degrees) of ∠ADC?
a. 52°
20. In the given diagram O is the centre of the circle and CD is a tangent. ∠CAB and ∠ACD are supplementary to
each other ∠OAC = 30°. Find the value of ∠OCB.
a. 30°
b. 60°
c. 45°
d. 20°
e. None of these
21. The length of the chord of a circle is 8 cm and perpendicular distance between centre and the chord is 3 cm.
Then the radius of the circle is equal to:
a. 5
b. 4
c. 3
d. 6
e. None of these
22. Consider the circle shown below having angle AOB as 135º and the shaded portion is the x part of the
circular region. Calculate the value of x.
a. 1/3
b. 1/4
c. 1/6
d. 1/9
e. 1/12
23. AB and CD are two parallel chords on the opposite sides of the center of the circle. If AB = 10 cm, CD = 24 cm
and the radius of the circle is 13 cm, the distance between the chords is
a. 15
b. 16
c. 17
d. 18
e. None of these
a. 22
b. 28
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 406
c. 32
d. 36
e. None of these
25. Find the area of the sector which makes 90 degree at the center for the circle with radius 14 cm
a. 134
b. 144
c. 154
d. 164
e. None of these
26. A wire in the form of a circle of radius 3.5 m is bent in the form of a rectangle, whose length and breadth are
in the ratio of 6 : 5. What is the area of the rectangle?
a. 28
b. 30
c. 32
d. 60
e. None of these
27. A thread of length 44 cm is used to make a circle. Find the approx. area of this circle.
a. 124
b. 134
c. 144
d. 154
e. 164
28. Given that a “12-inch pizza” means circular pizza with a diameter of 12 inches, changing from an 8-inch
pizza to a 12-inch pizza gives you approximately what percent increase in the total amount of pizza?
a. 33
b, 50
c. 67
d. 80
e. 125
29. In the diagram below, ABC is an equilateral triangle. D is the midpoint of AC. BD is a diameter of the
circle. If AD = 4, what is the area of the circle?
a. 12 π
b. 16 π
c. 48 π
d. 8√2 π
e. None of these
30. The wheel of scooter has diameter 140 cm. How many revolutions per minute must the wheel make so that
the speed of the scooter is kept at 132 km per hour?
Answers:
1.e 2.c 3.a 4.c 5.b
6.b 7.d 8.b 9.e 10.b
11.c 12.b 13.c 14.b 15.c
16.e 17.a 18.b 19.c 20.a
21.a 22.b 23.c 24.d 25.c
26.b 27.d 28.e 29.a 30.b
Solutions:
1. The area of a circle and diameter of a circle has different units. So, it is not possible to find their ratio.
5. At 4:20, the hour hand has already travelled for 20 minutes from 4.
We know, the hour hand moves ½⁰ per minute.
So, in 20 minutes it moves (20 X ½) = 10⁰
On the other hand, the minute stays at 4.
So, the required angle is 10⁰.
Shortcut formula: |30h – (11/2) m| = |30 X 4 – (11/2) X 20| = |120 – 110| = 10
9. In ∆AOB, OA and OB are radii of the circle. Hence, both equal 10 (since OA = 10 in the figure).
Now, the perimeter of a triangle equals the sum of the lengths of the sides of the triangle. Hence, perimeter of
∆AOB = OA + OB + AB = 10 +10 +AB = 20 + AB.
In a triangle, the length of any side is less than the sum of the lengths of the other two sides and is greater
than
the difference. So, AB is less than OA + OB (20) and is greater than 10 – 10 = 0. So, we have 0 < AB < 20. Adding
20 to each part of this inequality yields 20 < 20 + AB < 20 + 20, or 20 < perimeter < 40.
10. Here, the two circles touch each other. The distance between their centers, AB, equals the sum of the radii of
the two circles, which 2 + 3= 5. Hence, the area of a circle with diameter AB (or radius = AB/2) is
π X r2 = π(AB/2)2
= π(5/2)2
= 25π/4
11. The diagonal of a square inscribed in a circle is a diameter of the circle. The formula for the diagonal of a
square
is √2 X side.
So, √2 X 2 = 2√2
So, radius = (2√2)/2 = √2
So, the area of the circle = π(√2)2 = 2π
Here, ∠BOC is the angle in the center. And ∠BAC is the angle at the circumference. So, value of angle ∠BAC
will
behalf of angle ∠BOC i.e. 50⁰. Because, the angle formed at the center of a circle by any arc on that circle is
always twice the value of any angle formed at the circumference of that circle by the same arc.
20. Given:
∠CAB and ∠ACD are supplementary to each other.
∠CAB + ∠ACD = 180°
In the given diagram, AB || CD
∠DCB = ∠ABC
Also given, ∠OAC = 30°
∠OAC = ∠OCA = 30°
Therefore, ∠AOC = 120°
So, ∠ABC = 60° (AOC is angle at the center and ABC is angle at the
circumference)
Since, ∠DCB = ∠ABC
∠DCB = 60°
21. Chord, AB = 8 cm
Then, AC = CB = 4 cm
Perpendicular distance between centre 'O' and chord AB, ie., OC = 3 cm
29. Here, AD = 4
So, AB = 8
Now, AB2 = AD2 + BD2
Or, 64 = 16 + BD2
So, BD2 = 48
So, (diameter)2 = (2 * r)2 = 48
So, 4r2 = 48
So, r2 = 12
So, area = πr2 = 12 π
Practice Math
1. The area of the square MNQP is 25. What is the perimeter of the Trapezium
ONMQP?
a. 35
b. 30
c. 25
d. 20
e. Can’t be determined
2. In the figure above, each of the four squares has sides of length x. If triangle
△PQR is formed by joining the centers of three of the squares, what is the
perimeter of △PQR in terms of x?
a. 2x√2
𝑥√2
b. +2
2
c. 2x + √2
d. x√2 + 2
e. 2x + x√2
3. The area of rectangle ABCD in the figure above is 90. What is the length of diagonal EG in square EHGF?
a. 280
b. 360
c. 400
d. 320
e. 420
5. If the length of a rectangle increases by 20% and the width decreases by 30%,
what is the percent change in area?
a. Increases by 10%
b. Decreases by 10%
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 414
c. Decreases by 16%
d. Increases by 16%
e. No change occurs
6. The length of the side of a square is represented by x + 2. The length of the side of an equilateral triangle is 2x.
If the square and the equilateral triangle have equal perimeter, then what is the value of x?
a. 5 b. 14 c. 17 d. 4 e. 11
7. The area of the larger square is 64 sq. units. What is the area of the inscribed square?
8. What is the ratio of the area of the smaller square to that of the larger square?
9. Two vertices of the square touches the mid points of the two equal sides of the isosceles triangle. If the area
of the square is 36 sq. units, then what is the length of one of the equal sides of the isosceles triangle?
10. Two vertices of the square touches the mid points of the two equal sides of the isosceles triangle. If the length
of one of the equal sides of the triangle is 8√5, and the base is 16 then what is the length of the diagonal of
the square?
11. There is a rectangular garden whose length and width is 60 m and 20 m. There is a walkway of uniform width
around garden. Area of the walk way is 516 sq. m. Find the width of the walkway.
a. 1 b. 2 c. 3 d. 4 e. None of these
12. From a rectangle of area 768 sq. cm, a semi-circular part with area 72π sq. cm is removed. What is the
perimeter of the leftover portion in cm?
Answers:
1.c 2.e 3.d 4.c 5.c
6.d 7.c 8.c 9.a 10.b
11. c 12.a
4. DEF is a right-angled triangle. So, CD2 = DE2 + CE2 = 122 + 162 = 400
Therefore, length of each side = CD = 20. Area = 202 = 400
9. Since, the side of the square touches the mid points of the two sides of the isosceles triangle, the base is twice
the length of the side of the square.
Length of a side of the square is √36 or 6 units. So, the base is 12 units. Now in the two right angled triangles
on the two sides, the bases are 3 units and the perpendiculars are 6 units. So, the hypotenuse are √(36+9) or
√45 or 3√5 units. Now, since the square touches the mid points of the two equal sides of the isosceles triangle,
the hypotenuse equal one half of each of the two sides.
Therefore, length of each of the two equal sides of the isosceles triangle is (3√5 * 2) or 6√5 units.
10. Since, the side of the square touches the mid points of the two sides of the isosceles triangle, the base is twice
the length of the side of the square. Given, the base is 16 units.
So, the length of a side of the square is 8 units and the diagonal is 8√2 units.
11. Let the width of rectangle be x so the length and breadth is increased by 2x.
S the new total area along with walkway is (60 + 2x) (20 + 2x)
So, (60 + 2x) (20 + 2x) – 60 * 20 = 516
Or, (60 + 2x) (20 + 2x) = 1716
Or, x=3
12. Given the area of semi-circle is 72π sq. units. So, the area of the circle is 144π sq. units.
Hence, the diameter of the circle is 24 units and the perimeter of the semi-circle is 12π units.
Now, the diameter of the semi circle is the length of the rectangle. So the breadth of the rectangle is (768/24)
or 32 units. So, perimeter or the leftover portion is (24 + 32*2 + 12π) units or (88 + 12π) cm.
Rectangular Solid:
• Volume = lwh
• Surface area = 2 (lw + wh + hl)
Sphere:
• Volume = 4/3 * πr3
• Surface area = 4πr2
Cylinder Formulas:
• The lateral Surface area of the cylinder = 2πrh square units
• The total surface area of the cylinder, A = 2πr(r+h) square units
• The volume of the Cylinder, V = πr2h cubic units.
Dial: 01701665588-89 – www.patronus.com.bd Page | 418
Practice Math
1. A cube of side 5 cm is painted on all its side. If it is sliced into 1 cubic centime cubes, how many 1 cubic
centimeter cubes will have exactly one of their sides painted?
a. 9 b. 61 c. 98 d. 54 e. 64
2. What is the approximate surface area of a square pyramid that has a base area of 100 feet squared, a base
perimeter of 40 feet, a height of 50 feet, and a slant height of 60 feet?
3. What is the volume of a triangular pyramid that has a base area of 200 feet squared, a base perimeter of 60
feet, a height of 100 feet, and a slant height of 150 feet?
4. What is the volume of a cylinder with a height of 9 inches and a radius of 8 inches?
5. A hall is 15 m long and 12 m broad. If the sum of the areas of the floor and the ceiling is equal to the sum of
the areas of four walls, the volume of the hall is:
a. 84 b. 90 c. 168 d. 336 e. 96
7. A hollow iron pipe is 21 cm long and its external diameter is 8 cm. If the thickness of the pipe is 1 cm and iron
weighs 8 g/cm3, then the weight of the pipe is:
8. A boat having a length 3 m and breadth 2 m is floating on a lake. The boat sinks by 1 cm when a man gets on
it. The mass of the man is:
a. 12 kg b. 60 kg c. 72 kg d. 96 kg e. None of these
9. 50 men took a dip in a water tank 40 m long and 20 m broad on a religious day. If the average displacement of
water by a man is 4 m3, then the rise in the water level in the tank will be:
a. 20 cm b. 25 cm c. 35 cm d. 50 cm e. 60 cm
10. The slant height of a right circular cone is 10 m and its height is 8 m. Find the area of its curved surface.
a. 30 m2 b. 40 m2 c. 60 m2 d. 80 m2 e. None of these
11. A metallic sheet is of rectangular shape with dimensions 48 m x 36 m. From each of its corners, a square is
cut off so as to make an open box. If the length of the square is 8 m, the volume of the box (in m3) is:
12. The curved surface area of a cylindrical pillar is 264 m 2 and its volume is 924 m3. Find the ratio of its diameter
to its height.
a. 3: 7 b. 7: 3 c. 6: 7 d. 7: 6 e. 5 : 2
13. A cistern of capacity 8000 liters, measures externally 3.3 m by 2.6 m by 1.1 m and its walls are 5 cm thick. The
thickness of the bottom is:
a. 90 cm b. 1 dm c. 1 m d. 1.1 cm e. 120 cm
14. What is the total surface area of a right circular cone of height 14 cm and base radius 7 cm?
15. How many bricks, each measuring 25 cm x 11.25 cm x 6 cm, will be needed to build a wall of 8 m x 6 m x 22.5
cm?
16. Given a sphere with the radius 7cm. Find the volume of this sphere. Take π as 3.14.
17. Given a sphere with a volume of 904.32 in3. Find the radius of the sphere. Take π as 3.14.
18. If 64 identical small spheres are made out of a big sphere of diameter 8 cm, what is the surface area of each
small sphere?
19. What is the diameter of the largest circle lying on the surface of a sphere of surface area 616 square cm?
20. What is the volume of the largest sphere that can be carved out of a cube of edge 3 cm?
21. If the ratio of the diameters of two spheres is 3: 5, then what is the ratio of their surface areas?
a. 9 : 25 b. 9 : 10 c. 3 : 5 d. 27 : 125 e. 7 : 8
22. A right circular metal cone (solid) is 8 cm high and the radius is 2 cm. It is melted and recast into a sphere.
What is the radius of the sphere?
a. 2 cm b. 3 cm c. 4 cm d. 5 cm e. 6 cm
a. C = 2S b. S = 2C c. C = S d. C = 3S e. None of these
24. If the surface area of a sphere is 616 square cm, what is its volume?
a. 4312/3 cubic cm
b. 4102/3 cubic cm
c. 1257 cubic cm
d. 1023 cubic cm
e. None of these
25. The surface area of a sphere is 616 square cm. If its radius is changed so that the area gets reduced by 75%,
then the radius becomes
26. If the diameter of a sphere is doubled, how does its surface area change?
27. A sphere is inscribed in a cubical box such that the sphere is tangent to all six faces of the box. What is the
ratio of the volume of the cubical box to the volume of sphere?
28. What is the number of wax balls, each of radius 1 cm that can be molded out of a sphere of radius 8 cm?
29. What is the volume (in cm3) of a spherical shell with 8 cm and 10 cm as its internal and external diameters
respectively?
Answers:
1.d 2.b 3.a 4.d 5.c
6.a 7.b 8.b 9.b 10.c
11.b 12.b 13.b 14.c 15.c
16.b 17.d 18.c 19.a 20.c
21.a 22.a 23.b 24.a 25.d
26.d 27.d 28.b 29.c
1. When a 5 cc cube is sliced into 1 cc cubes, we will get 5 * 5 * 5 = 125 cubes of 1 cubic centimeter.
In each side of the larger cube, the smaller cubes on the edges will have more than one of their sides painted.
Therefore, the cubes which are not on the edge of the larger cube and that lie on the facing sides of the larger
cube will have exactly one side painted.
In each face of the larger cube, there will be 5 * 5 = 25 cubes.
Of these, the cubes on the outer rows will be on the edge. 16 such cubes exist on each face.
If we count out the two outer rows on either side of a face of the cube, we will be left with 3 * 3 = 9 cubes which
are not on the edge in each face of the cube.
Therefore, there will be 9 cubes of 1-cc volume per face that will have exactly one of their sides painted.
In total, there will be 9 * 6 = 54 such cubes.
2. Surface area of a square pyramid, a2+ 2a √ (a2/4 + h2), a is the base edge and h is the slant height.
Given, a2 =100, so, a=10
Putting a= 10 and h= 60 we get, 1304 ≈1300 square feet
3. Volume of a triangular pyramid is 1/3 * Ab *h, where, Ab is the area of the triangular base and h is the height.
(1/3) * 200* 100 = 6666.67 feet cubed
6. Volume of the silver in the wire v, is 𝜋r2h = 66 cc, where h is the length of the wire
Here, r is .05 cm, solving the equation we get h = 8400 cm or 84 m
7. Volume of the iron pipe = 𝜋*(R2 - r2)*h, where, R is the external & r is the internal radius, and h is the length of
the iron pipe.
Putting R = 4, r = 3 and h= 21 we get, v = 461.81 cc
So total weight of the iron pipe is = 4*461.81 = 3696 gm or 3.696 kg
11. Volume of the open box with a side of 8m is 8*8*8 is 512 cubic meter.
8000
13. The inner volume of the cistern should be or 8 cubic meter.
1000
The inner dimensions are, (3.3 - 0.1) or, 3.2 meter, (2.6 - 0.1) or, 2.5 meter.
8
So, the other dimension should be or,1 meter.
3.2∗2.5
The thickness of the bottom is (1.1 - 1), or, 0.1 meter, or 1 decimeter.
8∗6∗0.225
15. Number of bricks needed = = 6400
0.25∗0.1125∗0.06
16. To calculate the volume, we can use the formula for the volume of a sphere. Note that r is the radius of the
sphere.
4
Formula for the volume of a sphere: V = 𝜋𝑟 3
3
Since the values for r, and π are given, we can substitute r with 5 and π with 3.14. After substituting these
values, we can calculate V as shown below:
4
V = 𝜋𝑟 3
3
= 1436.03
Now, the calculated number 1436.03 carries no meaning unless we include the unit for it. Since the radius is
in cm, the unit for volume will be cm3. Hence:
V = 1436.03 cm3
17. Since the value of the volume, V and π are given, we can substitute them into the volume of a sphere formula
as shown:
4
V = 𝜋𝑟 3
3
18. The diameter of the big sphere is 8 cm. So, its radius is 4 cm.
Let the radius of small sphere be r cm
20. The diameter of the sphere is equal to the length of the edge of the cube
∴ The radius of the sphere r = 3/2
4 3
Volume of a sphere is given by = x π x ( )3 = 4.5π cm3
3 2
Therefore, the ratio of the surface areas of the two spheres = 4π32 : 4π52 = 9 : 25
1 4
22. Volume of a cone = πr2h and volume of a sphere = πr3
3 3
∴ π x 22 x 8 = 4πr3
Therefore r3 = 8
=> r = 2 cm
23. Radius of both cone and sphere is same and height of cone is twice the radius of the sphere
29. A spherical shell is the region between two concentric spheres of differing radii.
Diameter of 10 and 8 means radii of 5 and 4 respectively
Required volume = 4/3π (53 - 43)
= 4/3π(125 – 64)
= 244π/3